QuickLinksTable of Contents-- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K10‑K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014February 3, 2017

Commission file number: 001-11421001‑11421

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

TENNESSEE

61‑0502302

TENNESSEE

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

61-0502302
(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

100 MISSION RIDGE

GOODLETTSVILLE, TN 37072

(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)

(615) 855-4000
Registrant'sRegistrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(615) 855-4000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of the exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.875 per share

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-knownwell‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý   No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o   No ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý   No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-TS‑T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý   No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-KS‑K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant'sregistrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. 10‑K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-acceleratednon‑accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large“large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer"” “accelerated filer” and "smaller“smaller reporting company"company” in Rule 12b-212b‑2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ý

Accelerated filer o

Non‑accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-212b‑2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o   No ý

 

The aggregate fair market value of the registrant'sregistrant’s common stock outstanding and held by non-affiliatesnon‑affiliates as of August 2, 2013July 29, 2016 was $18.01$26.7 billion calculated using the closing market price of our common stock as reported on the NYSE on such date ($55.79)94.74). For this purpose, directors, executive officers and greater than 10% record shareholders are considered the affiliates of the registrant.

 

The registrant had 313,596,983275,095,294 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 13, 2014.17, 2017.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Certain of the information required in Part III of this Form 10-K10‑K is incorporated by reference to the Registrant'sRegistrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2014.31, 2017.

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

17 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

17 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

18 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

18 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

19 

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

21 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

22 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

25 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

41 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

42 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

42 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except per share amounts)

43 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In thousands, except per share amounts)

44 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (In thousands)

45 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (In thousands except per share amounts)

46 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands)

47 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

48 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

70 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

70 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

71 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

72 

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

73 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

73 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

74 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

74 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

74 

PART IV

75 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

75 

ITEM 16  FORM 10-K SUMMARY

75 

SIGNATURES

76 

EXHIBIT INDEX

77 


INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION

General

 

General

This report contains references to years 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009,2012, which represent fiscal years ending or ended February 2, 2018, February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, January 30, 2015, January 31, 2014, and February 1, 2013, February 3, 2012, January 28, 2011, and January 29, 2010, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31, and31. Our 2016 fiscal year consisted of 53 weeks, while each of the remaining years listed will beare or were 52-week years, with the exception of 2011 which consisted of 53 weeks.years. All of the discussion and analysis in this report should be read with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

 

Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames may appear in this report without the ® or TM symbol which is not intended to indicate that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right to these trademarks and tradenames.

Cautionary Disclosure Regarding Forward-LookingForward‑Looking Statements

 

We include "forward-looking statements"“forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws throughout this report, particularly under the headings "Business," "Management's“Business,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Note 8—“Note 7 – Commitments and Contingencies," among others. You can identify these statements because they are not limited to historical fact or they use words such as "may," "will," "should," "could," "believe," "anticipate," "project," "plan," "expect," "estimate," "forecast," "goal," "potential," "opportunity," "intend," "will likely result,"“may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “project,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “goal,” “seek,” “ensure,” “potential,” “opportunity,” “objective,” “intend,” “predict,” “committed,” “likely to,” “continue,” “scheduled to,” “focused on,” or "will continue"“subject to” and similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans, initiatives, intentions or beliefs about future occurrences or results. For example, all statements relating to, among others, our estimated and projected expenditures, cash flows, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity; our plans and objectives for, and expectations forregarding future operations, economic and competitive market conditions, growth or initiatives;initiatives including but not limited to the number of planned store openings, remodels and relocations, progress of merchandising initiatives, trends in sales of consumable and non-consumable products, investment in our personnel and the level of future costs and expenses; potential future stock repurchases and cash dividends; anticipated borrowing under our credit facilities and commercial paper program; or the expected outcome or effect of of legislative or regulatory changes or initiatives, and our responses thereto, or of pending or threatened litigation or audits are forward-looking statements.

 

All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, so our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of these statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions that we believe are reasonable. However, it is very difficult to predict the effect of known factors, and we cannot anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.

 

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements are disclosed under "Risk Factors"“Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and elsewhere in this document (including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements themselves and under the heading "Critical“Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates"Estimates”). All forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by these and other cautionary statements that we make from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate suchforward-looking statements in the context of these risks and uncertainties.uncertainties and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. These factors may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. We cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. Forward-looking statements in this report are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.


3



PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

 

General

We are among the largest discount retailerretailers in the United States by number of stores, with 11,21513,429 stores located in 4044 states as of February 28, 2014, primarilyMarch 3, 2017, with the greatest concentration of stores in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. We offer a broad selection of merchandise, including consumables, seasonal items, home products and apparel. Our merchandise includes high quality national brands from leading manufacturers, as well as our own value and comparable quality private brand selections with prices at substantial discounts to national brands. We offer our merchandise at everyday low prices (typically $10 or less) through our convenient small-box locations, with selling space averaging approximately 7,400 square feet.locations.

Our History

 

J.L. Turner founded our Company in 1939 as J.L. Turner and Son, Wholesale. We were incorporated as a Kentucky corporation under the name J.L. Turner & Son, Inc. in 1955, when we opened our first Dollar General store. We changed our name to Dollar General Corporation in 1968 and reincorporated in 1998 as a Tennessee corporation. Our common stock was publicly traded from 1968 until July 2007, when we merged with an entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., or KKR. In November 2009 our common stock again became publicly traded, and in December 2013 the entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with KKR sold its remaining shares of our common stock.

Our Business Model

 

Our long history of profitable growth is founded on a commitment to a relatively simple business model: providing a broad base of customers with their basic everyday and household needs, supplemented with a variety of general merchandise items, at everyday low prices in conveniently located, small-box stores. We continually evaluate the needs and demands of our customers and modify our merchandise selections and pricing accordingly, while remaining focused on increasing profitability, cash generation and returns for our shareholders.

        Fiscal

Our operating priorities are summarized as follows: 1) driving profitable sales growth, 2) capturing growth opportunities, 3) enhancing our position as a low-cost operator, and 4) investing in our people as a competitive advantage.  For more information on these operating priorities, see the “Executive Overview” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, included in Part II, Item 7 of this report.

In fiscal year 2013 represented2016, we achieved our 24th27th consecutive year of positive same-store sales growth. This growth regardlesshas taken place in a variety of economic conditions, suggests that we have a less cyclical business model than most retailers and,which we believe is a result of our compelling value and convenience proposition.proposition, although no assurances can be given that we will achieve positive same-store sales growth in any given year.  

Compelling Value and Convenience Proposition.  Our ability to deliver highly competitive prices on national brand and quality private brand products in convenient locations and our easy "in“in and out"out” shopping format create a compelling shopping experience that we believe distinguishes us from other discount retailers as well as convenience, drug, grocery, online and drugstoremass merchant retailers. Our slogan of "Save“Save time. Save money. Every day!" summarizes our appeal to customers. We believe our ability to effectively deliver both value and convenience allows us to succeed in small markets with limited shopping alternatives, as well as to profitably coexist alongsidein larger retailers inand more competitive markets. Our value and convenience proposition is evidenced by the following attributes of our business model:

4



helps drive customer loyalty and trip frequency and makes us an attractive alternative to large discount and other large‑box retail and grocery stores.

·

Time‑Saving Shopping Experience.  We also provide customers with a highly convenient, easy to navigate shopping experience. Our small-box stores are easy to get in and out of quickly. Our product offering includes most necessities, such as basic packaged and refrigerated food and dairy products, cleaning supplies, paper products, health and beauty care items, greeting cards, basic apparel, housewares, hardware and automotive supplies, among others. Our convenient hours and broad merchandise offering allow our customers to fulfill their routine shopping requirements and minimize their need to shop elsewhere.

·

Everyday Low Prices on Quality Merchandise.  Our research indicates that we offer a price advantage over most food and drug retailers and that our prices are competitive with even the largest discount retailers. Our ability to offer everyday low prices on quality merchandise is supported by our low‑cost operating structure and our strategy to maintain a limited number of items per merchandise category, which we believe helps us maintain strong purchasing power. We offer quality nationally advertised brands at these everyday low prices in addition to offering our own value and comparable quality private brands at substantially lower prices.

Substantial Growth Opportunities.  We believe we have substantial long-termlong‑term growth potential in the U.S. We have identified significant opportunities to add new stores in both existing and new markets. In addition, we have opportunities to relocate or remodel locations within our existing store base to relocate or remodel to better serve our customers.

Our Operating Priorities

        We believe we continueattractive store economics, including a relatively low initial investment and simple, low‑cost operating model have allowed us to havegrow our store base to current levels and provide us significant opportunities to drivecontinue our profitable store growth by continuing to expand upon our simple business model, which is largely focused on serving the needs of the low, low-middle and fixed income consumer, a segment of the U.S. population that has continued to grow over the past several years. We believe our four key operating priorities, initially established in 2008, remain critical to the long-term growth and profitability of our company. These priorities are 1) drive productive sales growth; 2) increase, or enhance, our gross profit rate; 3) leverage process improvements and information technology to reduce costs; and 4) strengthen and expand Dollar General's culture of serving others.

        Drive Productive Sales Growth.    We believe our customer-driven merchandise mix and attractive value proposition, combined with the impact of our remodeled and relocated stores provide a strong basis for increased same-store sales. On a comparable 52-week basis, our same-store sales increased 3.3% in 2013, 4.7% in 2012 and 6.0% in 2011. Our average net sales per square foot, based on total stores, increased to $220 in 2013 from $216 in 2012 and $213 in 2011 (which included a contribution of approximately $4 from the 53rd week.)strategy.

 In 2013, among other initiatives, we further expanded our perishables offerings and added tobacco products to our stores, both of which contributed significantly to our same-store sales growth. We believe that selling tobacco products and perishables drives more frequent shopping trips by our existing customers and attracts new customers by making our stores more relevant to a broader customer base. We believe we have opportunities to increase our store productivity in 2014 through continued improvements in store space utilization, pricing and markdown optimization and additional merchandising initiatives. We also plan to continue to remodel stores to update our appearance and relocate stores to increase square footage, where needed, improve visibility and accessibility or to obtain more attractive lease terms.


Our new store expansion strategy also is a critical element of our priority to drive productive sales growth. We have confidence in our real estate disciplines and in our ability to identify, open and operate successful new stores. In 2013, we opened 650 new stores and increased our selling square footage by 6.6%. We recently completed a study of our remaining new store opportunities utilizing new site selection technology. The results of our initial review affirm our confidence in our ability to continue to expand our store base at the current pace for the foreseeable future. In 2014, we plan to open 700 new stores and increase our square footage by over 6% as we continue to expand in our core markets and newer states.

        Increase, or Enhance, Our Gross Profit Rate.    Another key component of our growth strategy is increasing, or enhancing, our gross profit rate.Merchandise

 We remain committed to an everyday low price ("EDLP") strategy that our customers can depend on. To strengthen our adherence to this strategy and still protect gross profit, we utilize various pricing and merchandising options, including zone pricing, markdown optimization strategies and changes to our product selection, such as alternate national brands and private brands, which generally have higher gross profit rates. In addition, we maintain an ongoing focus on reducing transportation and distribution costs as well as minimizing inventory shrinkage and damages. The addition of tobacco products and our continued expansion of perishable food items in 2013 contributed significantly to increases in sales and gross profit dollars, although, as expected, at a lower gross profit rate. Importantly, we believe these categories are instrumental to attaining our goals of driving more frequent shopping trips and attracting new customers. Furthermore, we believe our inventory shrinkage rate increased, in part, due to our addition of various items with relatively higher retail prices, many of which were in our health and beauty departments.

        Over the long term, we will continue our efforts to reduce product costs through further expansion of our private brands, shrink reduction, foreign sourcing, the use of online procurement auctions and incremental distribution and transportation efficiencies. We also plan to continue to introduce new products that meet our customers' needs into our home, apparel and seasonal categories, which generally have higher gross profit rates than consumables.

        Leverage Process Improvements and Information Technology to Reduce Costs.    As part of our ongoing effort to improve our cost structure and enhance efficiencies throughout the organization, in 2013 we made further progress in our efforts to simplify our store processes. This progress contributed to a reduction in store labor as a percentage of sales. In addition, we realized cost savings from our centralized procurement initiative and other expense reduction efforts. In 2014, we expect to achieve further savings from our procurement initiatives and will remain focused on controlling those expenses that are within our control. Note that certain factors primarily related to our cash incentive compensation plan caused certain expenses in 2013 to be less than those expected in 2014 and beyond, as explained in further detail in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contained in Part II, Item 7 of this report.

        Strengthen and Expand Our Culture of Serving Others.    The mission of "Serving Others" has been key to the culture of Dollar General for many years and we recognize the importance of this mission to our long-term success. For customers this means helping them "Save time. Save money. Every day!" by providing clean, well-stocked stores with quality products at low prices. For employees, this means creating an environment that attracts and retains key employees throughout the organization. For the public, this means giving back to our store communities through our charitable and other efforts. For shareholders, this means meeting their expectations of an efficiently and profitably run organization that operates with compassion and integrity.


Our Merchandise

We offer a focused assortment of everyday necessities, which help to drive frequent customer visits, and key items in a broad range of general merchandise categories. Our product assortment provides the opportunity for our customers to address most of their basic shopping needs with one trip. We sell high-quality nationalhigh‑quality nationally advertised brands from leading manufacturers such as Procter & Gamble, PepsiCo, Coca-Cola, Nestle, General Mills, Unilever, Kimberly Clark, Kellogg's and Nabisco, which are typically found at higher retail prices elsewhere.manufacturers. Additionally, our private brand consumables offer even greater value with options to purchase value items and national brand equivalent products as well as value items at substantial discounts to the national brand.

 Our stores generally offer approximately 10,000 total SKUs per store; however, the number of SKUs in a given store can vary based upon the store's size, geographic location, merchandising initiatives, seasonality, and other factors. Most of our products are priced at $10 or less, with approximately 25% at $1 or less. We separate our merchandise into four categories: 1) consumables; 2) seasonal; 3) home products; and 4) apparel.

Consumables is our largest merchandise category and includeshas become a larger percentage of our total sales in recent years as indicated in the table below. Consumables include paper and cleaning products (such as paper towels, bath tissue, paper dinnerware, trash and storage bags, laundry and other home cleaning supplies); packaged food (such as cereals, canned soups and vegetables, condiments, spices, sugar and flour); perishables (such as milk, eggs, bread, refrigerated and frozen meals,food, beer and wine); snacks (including(such as candy, cookies, crackers, salty snacks and carbonated beverages); health and beauty (including over-the-counter(such as over‑the‑counter medicines and personal care products such asincluding soap, body wash, shampoo, dental hygiene and foot care products); pet (including(such as pet supplies and pet food); and tobacco products.

 

Seasonal products include decorations, toys, batteries, small electronics, greeting cards, stationery, prepaid phones and accessories, gardening supplies, hardware, automotive and home office supplies.

 

Home products includesinclude kitchen supplies, cookware, small appliances, light bulbs, storage containers, frames, candles, craft supplies and kitchen, bed and bath soft goods.

 

Apparel includes casual everyday apparel for infants, toddlers, girls, boys, women and men, as well as socks, underwear, disposable diapers, shoes and accessories.

 

5


The percentage of net sales of each of our four categories of merchandise for the fiscal years indicated below was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 2013 2012 2011 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Consumables

 75.2% 73.9% 73.2%

 

76.4

%  

75.9

%  

75.7

%

Seasonal

 12.9% 13.6% 13.8%

 

12.2

%  

12.4

%  

12.4

%

Home products

 6.4% 6.6% 6.8%

 

6.2

%  

6.3

%  

6.4

%

Apparel

 5.5% 5.9% 6.2%

 

5.2

%  

5.4

%  

5.5

%

 

Our seasonal and home products and seasonal categories typically account for the highest gross profit margins, and the consumables category typically accounts for the lowest gross profit margin.

The Dollar General Store

 

The typical Dollar General store has, on average, approximately 7,400 square feet of selling space and is typically operated by a store manager, anone or more assistant store managermanagers, and three or more sales associates. Approximately 66% of ourOur stores are in freestanding buildings and 34% are in strip shopping centers. Most of our customers live within three to five miles, orgenerally feature a 10 minute drive, of our stores.

        Our typical store features a low low‑cost, no frills building with limited maintenance capital, low operating costs, and a focused merchandise offering within a broad range of categories, allowing us to


deliver low retail prices while generating strong cash flows and capital investment returns. Our initial capital investmentstores average approximately 7,400 square feet of selling space and approximately 70% of our stores are located in new stores and relocations varies depending on the lease structuretowns of 20,000 or ownership as well as the size and location of the store and the number of coolers appropriate for the location.

fewer people. We generally have had good success in locating suitable store sites in the past, and we believe that there is ample opportunity for new store growth in existing and new markets. In addition, we believe we have significant opportunities available for our relocation and remodel programs.

 

Our recent store growth over the past three years is summarized in the following table:

Year
 Stores at
Beginning
of Year
 Stores
Opened
 Stores
Closed
 Net
Store
Increase
 Stores at
End of Year
 

2011

  9,372  625  60  565  9,937 

2012

  9,937  625  56  569  10,506 

2013

  10,506  650  24  626  11,132 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Stores at

    

 

    

 

    

Net

    

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Stores

 

Stores

 

Store

 

Stores at

 

Year

 

of Year

 

Opened

 

Closed

 

Increase

 

End of Year

 

2014

 

11,132

 

700

 

43

 

657

 

11,789

 

2015

 

11,789

 

730

 

36

 

694

 

12,483

 

2016

 

12,483

 

900

 

63

 

837

 

13,320

 

Our Customers

 

Our customers seek value and convenience. Depending on their financial situation and geographic proximity, customers'customers’ reliance on Dollar General varies from using Dollar General for fill-infill‑in shopping, to making periodic trips to stock up on household items, to making weekly or more frequent trips to meet most essential needs. We generally locate our stores and plan our merchandise selections to best serve the needs of our core customers, the low to lower-middle orand fixed income households often underserved by other retailers.retailers, and we are focused on helping them make the most of their spending dollars. At the same time, however, customersloyal Dollar General shoppers from a wide range of income brackets and life stages appreciate our quality merchandise andas well as our attractive value and convenience proposition and are loyal Dollar General shoppers. In the last year, we have continued to see increases in the annual number of shopping trips that our customers make to our stores as well as the amount spent during each trip.proposition.

 To attract new and retain existing customers, we continue to focus on product selection, in-stock levels, pricing, targeted advertising, store standards, convenient site locations, and a pleasant overall customer experience.

Our Suppliers

 

We purchase merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers and maintain direct buying relationships with many producers of national brand merchandise, such as Procter & Gamble, PepsiCo, Coca-Cola, Nestle, General Mills, Unilever, Kimberly Clark, Kellogg's, and Nabisco.merchandise. Despite our broad offering, we maintain only a limited number of SKUsitems per category, giving us a pricingnegotiating advantage in dealing with our suppliers. Approximately 8% and 7% of our purchases in 2013 were from ourOur largest and second largest suppliers respectively.each accounted for approximately 8% of our purchases in 2016. Our private brands come from a diversified supplier base. We directly imported approximately $725 million or 6% of our purchases at cost (10% of our purchases based on their retail value) in 2013. Our vendor arrangements generally provide for payment for such merchandise in U.S. dollars.2016.

 

We have consistently managed to obtain sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our current sources of supply became unavailable, we generally would generally be able to obtain alternative

6


Table of Contents

sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our merchandise costs or reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could adversely affect our sales.


Distribution and Transportation

 

Our stores are currently supported by twelvefourteen distribution centers located strategically throughout our geographic footprint, including our newestfootprint. Our fifteenth distribution center in Bethel, Pennsylvania which beganJackson, Georgia is under construction with a goal to begin shipping from this facility in January 2014.late 2017.  We have announced plans to build our sixteenth distribution center in Amsterdam, New York with a planned completion date in fall 2018. We lease additional temporary warehouse space as necessary to support our distribution needs. Over the past few years we have made significant investments in facilities, technological improvements and upgrades, and we continue to improve work processes, all of which increase our efficiency and ability to support our merchandising and operations initiatives as well as our new store growth. We continually analyze and rebalance the network to ensure that it remains efficient and provides the service our stores require. See "—Properties"“—Properties” below for additional information pertaining to our distribution centers.

 

Most of our merchandise flows through our distribution centers and is delivered to our stores by third-partythird‑party trucking firms, utilizing our trailers. Our agreementsWe also own 39 trucks with these trucking firms are based on estimated costs of diesel fuel, with the difference in estimatedwhich we transport our merchandise. In addition, vendors or third‑party distributors ship certain food items and current market fuel costs passed throughother merchandise directly to us. The costs of diesel fuel are significantly influenced by international, political and economic circumstances. If fuel price increases were to arise for any reason, including fuel supply shortages or unusual price volatility, the resulting higher fuel prices could materially increase our transportation costs.

Seasonalitystores.

 

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal to a certain extent.somewhat seasonal. Generally, our highest sales volume occurs in the fourth quarter, which includes the Christmas selling season, and the lowest occurs in the first quarter.season. In addition, our quarterly results can be affected by the timing of certain holidays, the timing of new store openings and store closings, and the amount of sales contributed by new and existing stores, as well as financial transactions such as debt refinancing and stock repurchases.stores. We typically purchase substantial amounts of inventory in the third quarter and incur higher shipping costs and higher payroll costs in the third quarter in anticipation of the increased sales activity during the fourth quarter. In addition, we carry merchandise during our fourth quarter that we do not carry during the rest of the year, such as gift sets, holiday decorations, certain baking items, and a broader assortment of toys and candy.


        The following table reflects the seasonality of net sales, gross profit, and net income by quarter for each of the quarters of our three most recent fiscal years. The fourth quarter of the year ended February 3, 2012 was comprised of 14 weeks, and each of the other quarters reflected below were comprised of 13 weeks.

(in millions)
 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 

Year Ended January 31, 2014

             

Net sales

 $4,233.7 $4,394.7 $4,381.8 $4,493.9 

Gross profit

  1,295.1  1,377.3  1,328.5  1,434.8 

Net income(a)

  220.1  245.5  237.4  322.2 

Year Ended February 1, 2013

  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 

Net sales

 $3,901.2 $3,948.7 $3,964.6 $4,207.6 

Gross profit

  1,228.3  1,263.2  1,226.1  1,367.8 

Net income(b)

  213.4  214.1  207.7  317.4 

Year Ended February 3, 2012

  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 

Net sales

 $3,451.7 $3,575.2 $3,595.2 $4,185.1 

Gross profit

  1,087.4  1,148.3  1,115.8  1,346.4 

Net income(c)

  157.0  146.0  171.2  292.5 

(a)
Includes expenses, net of income taxes, of $11.5 million relatedSee Note 12 to the termination of credit facilities in the first quarter of 2013.

(b)
Includes expenses, net of income taxes, of $17.7 million related to the redemption of long-term obligations in the second quarter of 2012.

(c)
Includes expenses, net of income taxes, of $35.4 million related to the redemption of long-term obligations in the second quarter of 2011.
consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Our Competition

 

We operate in the basic discount consumer goods market, which is highly competitive with respect to price, store location, merchandise quality, assortment and presentation, in-stockin‑stock consistency, and customer service. We compete with discount stores and with many other retailers, including mass merchandise, warehouse club, grocery, drug, convenience, variety,  online, omnichannel, and other specialty stores. These other retail companies operate stores in many of the areas where we operate, and many of them engage in extensive advertising and marketing efforts. Our direct competitors include Family Dollar, Dollar Tree, Fred's,Big Lots, Fred’s, 99 Cents Only and various local, independent operators, as well as Walmart, Target, Kroger, Aldi, Walgreens, CVS, and Rite Aid,RiteAid, among others. Certain of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do. Competition has intensified and will continue to do so as competitors move into or increase their presence in our geographic markets and increase the availability of mobile and web-based technology to facilitate online shopping and real‑time product and price comparisons and to create an omnichannel shopping experience.

 

We believe that we differentiate ourselves from other forms of retailing by offering consistently low prices in a convenient, small-storesmall‑store format. We believe that our prices are competitive due in part to our low low‑cost operating structure and the relatively limited assortment of products offered. Purchasing large volumes of merchandise within our focused assortment in each merchandise category allows us to keep our average costs low, contributing to our ability to offer competitive everyday low prices to our customers. See "—“—Our Business Model"Model” above for further discussion of our competitive situation.

Our Employees

 

As of February 28, 2014,March 3, 2017, we employed approximately 100,600 full-time121,000 full‑time and part-timepart‑time employees, including divisional and regional managers, district managers, store managers, other store personnel and distribution center and administrative personnel. We have increasingly focused on recruiting,


training, motivating and retaining

7


Table of Contents

employees, and we believe that the quality, performance and morale of our employees have increased as a result.continue to be an important part of our success in recent years.  We currently are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.

Our Trademarks

We own marks that are registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and are protected under applicable intellectual property laws, including, without limitation, the trademarks Dollar General®General®, Dollar General Market®Market®, Clover Valley®Valley®, DG®DG®, DG Deals®, Forever Pals®, I*Magine®, OT Sport®, OT Revolution®, Smart & Simple®Simple®, trueliving®trueliving®, Sweet Smiles®Smiles®, Open Trails®Trails®,  Beauty Cents®, Bobbie Brooks®Brooks®, Comfort Bay®Bay®, Holiday Style®Style®, Swiggles®, More Deals For Your Dollar. Every Day!®, The Fast Way To Save®,  and Ever PetTMSave Time. Save Money. Every Day!®, along with variations and formatives of these trademarks as well as certain other trademarks.trademarks including Ever PetTM and DGXTM. We attempt to obtain registration of our trademarks whenever practicable and to pursue vigorously any infringement of those marks. Our trademark registrations have various expiration dates; however, assuming that the trademark registrations are properly renewed, they have a perpetual duration.

 

We also hold licenses to use various trademarks owned by third parties, including a license to the Fisher Price brand for certain items of children's clothing through December 31, 2014, and an exclusive license to the Rexall brand through March 5, 2020.

Available Information

 

Our Internet website address is www.dollargeneral.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this Form 10-K. We file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"“SEC”) annual reports on Form 10-K,10‑K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,10‑Q, current reports on Form 8-K,8‑K, and amendments to those reports, proxy statements and annual reports to shareholders, and, from time to time, registration statements and other documents. These documents are available free of charge to investors on or through the Investor Information portionsection of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with or furnish them to the SEC. In addition, the public may read and copy any of the materials we file with the SEC at the SEC'sSEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.1‑800‑SEC‑0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, such as Dollar General, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov.


8


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this report and other filings that we make from time to time with the SEC, including our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. These risks are not the only risks we face. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity could also be adversely affected by additional factors that apply to all companies generally or by risks not currently known to us or that we currently view to be immaterial. We can provide no assurance and make no representation that our risk mitigation efforts, although we believe they are reasonable, will be successful.

         Current economic

Economic conditions and other economic factors may adversely affect our financial performance and other aspects of our business by negatively impacting our customers'customers’ disposable income or discretionary spending, affecting our ability to plan and execute our strategic initiatives, increasing our costs of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses, and adversely affecting our sales or profitability.

 

We believe many of our customers have fixed or low incomes and generally have limited discretionary spending dollars. Any factor that could adversely affect that disposable income would decrease our customers'customers’ confidence, spending, and number of trips to our stores, and could cause our customers to shift their spending to products other than those sold by us or to our less profitable product choices, all of which could result in lower net sales, decreases in inventory turnover, greater markdowns on inventory, a change in the mix of products we sell, and a reduction in profitability due to lower margins. Factors that could reduce our customers'customers’ disposable income and over which we exercise no influence include but are not limited to a further slowdown in the economy, a delayed economic recovery, or otheradverse economic conditions such as increased or sustained high unemployment or underemployment levels, inflation, increases in fuel or other energy costs and interest rates, lack of available credit, consumer debt levels, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws, concerns over government mandated participation in health insurance programs, increasing healthcare costs, and decreases in, or elimination of, government subsidies such as unemployment and food assistance programs.

 

Many of the factors identified above that affect disposable income, as well as commodity rates, transportation costs (including the costs of diesel fuel), costs of labor, insurance and healthcare, foreign exchange rate fluctuations, lease costs, measures that create barriers to or increase the costs associated with international trade, changes in other laws and regulations and other economic factors, also affect our ability to plan and execute our strategic initiatives, our cost of goods sold and our selling, general and administrative expenses, and may have other adverse consequences which we are unable to fully anticipate or control, all of which may adversely affect our sales or profitability. We have limited or no ability to control many of these factors.

Our plans depend significantly on strategies and initiatives designed to increase sales and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could affect our performance adversely.

 

We have short-term and long-term strategies and initiatives (such as those relating to merchandising, marketing, real estate, sourcing, shrink, private brand, distribution and transportation, store operations, store formats, budgeting and expense reduction, and real estate)technology) in various stages of testing, evaluation, and implementation, upon which we expect to rely to continue to improve our results of operations and financial condition and to achieve our financial plans. These initiatives are inherently risky and uncertain, even when tested successfully, in their application to our business in general. It is possible that successful testing can result partially from resources and attention that cannot be duplicated in broader implementation, particularly in light of the diverse geographic locations of our stores and the fact thatdecentralized nature of our field management is so decentralized.management. General implementation also may be negatively affected by other risk factors described herein. Successful systemwide implementation relies on consistency of training, stability of workforce, ease of execution, and the absence of offsetting factors that can influence results adversely. Failure to achieve successful implementation of our


initiatives or the cost of these initiatives exceeding management'smanagement’s estimates could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

9


Table of Contents

The success of our merchandising initiatives, particularly those with respect to non-consumablenon‑consumable merchandise and store-specificstore‑specific products and allocations, depends in part upon our ability to predict consistently and successfully the products that our customers will demand and to identify and timely respond to evolving trends in demographicsdemographic mixes in our markets and consumer preferences, expectations and needs. If we are unable to select products that are attractive to customers, to timely obtain such products at costs that allow us to sell them at aan acceptable profit, or to effectively market such products, our sales, market share and profitability could be adversely affected. If our merchandising efforts in the non-consumablesnon‑consumables area or the higher margin areas within consumables are unsuccessful, we could be further adversely affected by our inability to offset the lower margins associated with our consumables business. Further, our merchandising efforts in the consumables area may not generate the net sales growth and increase customer traffic to the levels needed to offset the lower margins generated by sales of consumables and maintain our targeted gross profit margins.

If we cannot open, relocate or remodel stores profitably and on schedule, our planned future growth will be impeded, which would adversely affect sales.

 

Our ability to open, relocate and remodel profitable stores is a key component of our planned future growth. Our ability to timely open stores and to expand into additional market areas depends in part on the following factors: the availability of attractive store locations; the absence of entitlement process or occupancy delays; the ability to negotiate acceptable lease and development terms; the ability to hire and train new personnel, especially store managers, in a cost effective manner; the ability to identify customer demand in different geographic areas; general economic conditions; and the availability of capital funding for expansion. Many of these factors also affect our ability to successfully relocate stores, and many of them are beyond our control.

 

Delays or failures in opening new stores or completing relocations or remodels, or achieving lower than expected sales in new stores,these projects, could materially adversely affect our growth and/or profitability. We also may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations and, as a result, may not meet our targets for opening new stores, remodeling or relocating stores or expanding profitably.

 

Some new stores and future new store opportunities may be located in areas, including but not limited to new states or metro urban areas, where we have littlelimited or no meaningful experience or brand recognition. Those areas may have different competitive and market conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, as well as higher cost of entry, whichentry. These factors may cause our new stores to be initially less successful than stores in our existing markets. In addition, our alternative format stores, such as our Dollar General Market and, to a lesser degree our Dollar General Plus stores, have significantly higher capital costs than our traditional Dollar General stores, and, as a result, may increase our financial risk if they do not perform as expected.markets, which could slow future growth in these areas.

 

Many new stores will be located in areas where we have existing stores. Although we have experience in these areas, increasing the number of locations in these markets may result in inadvertent oversaturation and temporarily or permanently divert customers and sales from our existing stores, thereby adversely affecting our overall financial performance.

         Our profitability may be negatively affected by inventory shrinkage.

        We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. We experience significant inventory shrinkage and cannot be sure that incidences of inventory loss and theft will decrease in the future or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce the problem of inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security costs to combat inventory theft, our results of operations and financial condition could be affected adversely.


We face intense competition that could limit our growth opportunities and adversely impact our financial performance.

 

The retail business is highly competitive with respect to price, store location, merchandise quality, product assortment and presentation, in-stockin‑stock consistency, customer service, aggressive promotional activity, customers, market share, and employees. We compete with discount stores and with many other retailers, operating discount,including mass merchandise, outlet, warehouse club, grocery, drug, convenience, variety, online retailers, and other specialty stores. This competitive environment subjects us to the risk of adverse impact to our financial performance because of the lower prices, and thus the lower margins, that may be required to maintain our competitive position. Also, companies like ours, due to customer demographics and other factors, may have limited ability to increase prices in response to increased costs without losing competitive position. This limitation may adversely affect our margins and financial performance. Certain of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do and may be able to secure better arrangements with suppliers than we can. If we fail to respond effectively to competitive pressures and changes in the retail markets, it could adversely affect our financial performance.

10


Table of Contents

Competition for customers has intensified as competitors have moved into, or increased their presence in, our geographic markets and weincreased the availability of mobile and web‑based technology to facilitate online shopping and real‑time product and price comparisons and to create an omnichannel shopping experience. We expect this competition to continue to increase. In addition, some of our large box competitors are or may be developing small box formats, and increasing the pace at which they will open the small box formats, which will produce more competition. We remain vulnerable to the marketing power and high level of consumer recognition of these larger competitors and to the risk that these competitors or others could venture into our industry in a significant way.

         Our private brandsway, including through the introduction of new store formats. Further, consolidation within the discount retail industry could significantly alter the competitive dynamics of the retail marketplace. This consolidation may not maintain broadresult in competitors with greatly improved financial resources, improved access to merchandise, greater market acceptance and increase the risks we face.

        The sale of private brand items is an important component of our future sales growth and gross profit rate enhancement plans. We have invested in our development and procurement resources and marketing efforts relating to these private brand offerings. We believe that our success in maintaining broad market acceptance of our private brands depends on many factors, including pricing, our costs, quality and customer perception. We may not achieve or maintain our expected sales for our private brands. The expansion of our private brand offerings also subjects us to certain risks, such as: potential product liability risks and mandatory or voluntary product recalls; our ability to successfully protect our proprietary rights and successfully navigate and avoid claims related to the proprietary rights of third parties; our ability to successfully administer and comply with applicable contractual obligations and regulatory requirements;penetration and other risks generally encounteredimprovements in their competitive positions, as well as result in the provision of a wider variety of products and services at competitive prices by entities that source, sell and market exclusive branded offerings for retail. An increase in sales of our private brands may also adversely affect sales of our vendors' products,these consolidated companies, which in turn, could adversely affect our relationship with certainfinancial performance.

Our profitability may be negatively affected by inventory shrinkage.

We are subject to the risk of our vendors. Any failureinventory loss and theft. We experience significant inventory shrinkage and cannot be sure that incidences of inventory loss and theft will decrease in the future or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce the problem of inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to appropriately address someexperience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or all of these risks could have a significant adverse effect onincur increased security or other costs to combat inventory theft, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

         A significant disruption to our distribution network, to the capacity of our distribution centers or to the timely receipt of inventory could adversely impact sales or increase our transportation costs, which would decrease our profits.

        We rely on our distribution and transportation network to provide goods to our stores in a timely and cost-effective manner. This distribution occurs through deliveries to our distribution centers from vendors and then from the distribution centers or direct-ship vendors to our stores by various means of transportation, including shipments by sea and truck. Any disruption, unanticipated expense or operational failure related to this process could affect store operations negatively. For example, unexpected delivery delays or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs, a decrease in transportation capacity for overseas shipments, or work stoppages or slowdowns) could significantly decrease our ability to make sales and earn profits. Labor shortages or work stoppages in


the transportation industry or long-term disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure that lead to delays or interruptions of deliveries or which would necessitate our securing alternative labor or shipping suppliers could also increase our costs or otherwise negatively affect our business.

        We maintain a network of distribution facilities and have plans to build new facilities to support our growth objectives. Delays in opening distribution centers could adversely affect our future financial performance by slowing store growth, which may in turn reduce revenue growth, or by increasing transportation costs. In addition, distribution-related construction or expansion projects entail risks that could cause delays and cost overruns, such as: shortages of materials or skilled labor; work stoppages; unforeseen construction, scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; weather interference; fires or other casualty losses; and unanticipated cost increases. The completion date and ultimate cost of these projects could differ significantly from initial expectations due to construction-related or other reasons. We cannot guarantee that any project will be completed on time or within established budgets.

         Risks associated with or faced by our suppliers could adversely affect our financial performance.

        The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international suppliers, and we are dependent on our vendors to supply merchandise in a timely and efficient manner. In 2013, our largest supplier accounted for 8% of our purchases, and our next largest supplier accounted for approximately 7% of such purchases. We have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our current sources of supply became unavailable, we would generally be able to obtain alternative sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our merchandise costs and reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could adversely affect our sales. Additionally, if a supplier fails to deliver on its commitments, whether due to financial difficulties or other reasons, we could experience merchandise out-of-stocks that could lead to lost sales and damage to our reputation.

        We directly imported approximately 6% of our purchases (measured at cost) in 2013, but many of our domestic vendors directly import their products or components of their products. Changes to the prices and flow of these goods for any reason, such as political and economic instability in the countries in which foreign suppliers are located, the financial instability of suppliers, suppliers' failure to meet our standards, issues with labor practices of our suppliers or labor problems they may experience (such as strikes, stoppages or slowdowns, which could also increase labor costs during and following the disruption), the availability and cost of raw materials to suppliers, increased import duties, merchandise quality or safety issues, currency exchange rates, transport availability and cost, transport security, inflation, and other factors relating to the suppliers and the countries in which they are located or from which they import, are beyond our control and could adversely affect our operations and profitability. Because a substantial amount of our imported merchandise comes from China, a change in the Chinese currency or other policies could negatively impact our merchandise costs. In addition, the United States' foreign trade policies, tariffs and other impositions on imported goods, trade sanctions imposed on certain countries, the limitation on the importation of certain types of goods or of goods containing certain materials from other countries and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our control. These and other factors affecting our suppliers and our access to products could adversely affect our business and financial performance. As we increase our imports of merchandise from foreign vendors, the risks associated with foreign imports will increase.


         Product liability and food safety claims could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial performance.

        Despite our best efforts to ensure the quality and safety of the products we sell, we may be subject to product liability claims from customers or actions required or penalties assessed by government agencies relating to products, including but not limited to food products that are recalled, defective or otherwise alleged to be harmful. Such claims may result from tampering by unauthorized third parties, product contamination or spoilage, including the presence of foreign objects, substances, chemicals, other agents, or residues introduced during the growing, storage, handling and transportation phases. All of our vendors and their products must comply with applicable product and food safety laws, and we are dependent on them to ensure that the products we buy comply with all safety standards. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from our suppliers. However, if we do not have adequate contractual indemnification or insurance available, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to obtain indemnification from foreign suppliers may be hindered by the manufacturers' lack of understanding of U.S. product liability or other laws, which may result in our having to respond to claims or complaints from customers as if we were the manufacturer. Even with adequate insurance and indemnification, such claims could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products. Our litigation expenses could increase as well, which also could have a materially negative impact on our results of operations even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued.

         We are subject to governmental regulations, procedures and requirements. A significant change in, or noncompliance with, these regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

        Our business is subject to numerous and increasing federal, state and local laws and regulations. We routinely incur significant costs in complying with these regulations. The complexity of the regulatory environment in which we operate and the related cost of compliance are increasing due to expanding and additional legal and regulatory requirements and increased enforcement efforts. New laws or regulations, particularly those dealing with healthcare reform, product safety, and labor and employment, among others, or changes in existing laws and regulations, particularly those governing the sale of products, may result in significant added expenses or may require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement and/or could materially increase our cost of doing business. Untimely compliance or noncompliance with applicable regulations or untimely or incomplete execution of a required product recall can result in the imposition of penalties, including loss of licenses or significant fines or monetary penalties, class action litigation or other litigation, in addition to reputational damage. Additionally, changes in tax laws, the interpretation of existing laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could adversely affect our effective tax rate.

         Litigation may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, suppliers, competitors, shareholders, government agencies and others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The number of employment-related class actions filed each year has continued to increase, and recent changes and proposed changes in Federal and state laws, regulations and agency guidance may cause claims to rise even more. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, regulatory actions and intellectual property claims, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to our financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operations are required. The cost to


defend future litigation may be significant. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding certain of these pending matters.

         Natural disasters (whether or not caused by climate change), unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, and global political events could disrupt business and result in lower sales and otherwise adversely affect our financial performance.

        The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricanes, fires, floods, tornadoes and earthquakes, unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, such as civil unrest in countries in which our suppliers are located, or similar disruptions could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Uncharacteristic or significant weather conditions can affect consumer shopping patterns, which could lead to lost sales or greater than expected markdowns and adversely affect our short-term results of operations. To the extent these events result in the closure of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, or our corporate headquarters or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially adversely affected through an inability to make deliveries or provide other support functions to our stores and through lost sales. In addition, these events could result in increases in fuel (or other energy) prices or a fuel shortage, delays in opening new stores, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products from some domestic and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas, delay in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, the inability of customers to reach or have transportation to our stores directly affected by such events, the temporary reduction in the availability of products in our stores and disruption of our utility services or to our information systems. These events also can have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage.

         Material damage or interruptions to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages or unanticipated challenges or difficulties in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.adversely.

 We depend on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business. Such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cybersecurity breaches, natural disasters and human error. Damage or interruption to these systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim and may experience loss or corruption of critical data, which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

        We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. Failure to meet these staffing needs may negatively affect our ability to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems. We rely on certain vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated


with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

         Failure to attract, train and retain qualified employees, particularly field, store and distribution center managers, while controlling labor costs, as well as other labor issues, could adversely affect our financial performance.

        Our future growth and performance and positive customer experience depends on our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified employees, many of whom are in positions with historically high rates of turnover such as field managers and distribution center managers. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling our labor costs, is subject to many external factors, including competition for and availability of qualified personnel in a given market, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, health and other insurance costs, and changes in employment and labor laws (including changes in the process for our employees to join a union) or other workplace regulations (including changes in "entitlement" programs such as health insurance and paid leave programs). If we are unable to attract and retain adequate numbers of qualified employees, our operations, customer service levels and support functions could suffer. To the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor costs could increase. In addition, recently enacted comprehensive healthcare reform legislation will likely cause our healthcare costs to increase. While the significant costs of the healthcare reform legislation will occur after 2013 (as many of the changes affecting us took effect January 1, 2014), if at all, due to provisions of the legislation being phased in over time, changes to our healthcare costs structure could have a significant negative effect on our business. Our ability to pass along labor costs to our customers is constrained by our low price model.

         Our success depends on our executive officers and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed.

        Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, particularly Richard W. Dreiling, our Chief Executive Officer, could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Competition for skilled and experienced management personnel is intense, and our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, and a failure to attract and retain new qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations. We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies with respect to our executive officers or key personnel.

Our cash flows from operations may be negatively affected if we are not successful in managing our inventory balances.

 

Our inventory balance represented approximately 48%53% of our total assets exclusive of goodwill and other intangible assets as of January 31, 2014.February 3, 2017. Efficient inventory management is a key component of our business success and profitability. To be successful, we must maintain sufficient inventory levels and an appropriate product mix to meet our customers'customers’ demands without allowing those levels to increase to such an extent that the costs to store and hold the goods unduly impacts our financial results or that subjects us to the risk of increased inventory shrinkage. If our buying decisions do not accurately predict customer trends, we inappropriately price products or our expectations about customer spending levels are inaccurate, we may have to take unanticipated markdowns to dispose of the excess inventory, which also can adversely impact our financial results. We continue to focus on ways to reduce these risks, but we cannot make assurances that we will be successful in our inventory management. If we are not successful in managing our inventory balances, our cash flows from operations may be negatively affected.

A significant disruption to our distribution network, to the capacity of our distribution centers or to the timely receipt of inventory could adversely impact sales or increase our transportation costs, which would decrease our profits.

We rely on our distribution and transportation network to provide goods to our stores in a timely and cost‑effective manner. Using various modes of transportation, including ocean, rail, and truck, we and our vendors move goods from vendor locations to our distribution centers. Deliveries to our stores occur from our distribution centers or directly from our vendors. Any disruption, unanticipated or unusual expense or operational failure related to this process could affect store operations negatively. For example, delivery delays or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs, increased carrier rates or driver wages as a result of driver shortages, a decrease in transportation capacity for overseas shipments, or work stoppages or slowdowns) could significantly decrease our ability to make sales and earn profits. Labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry or long‑term disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure that lead to delays or interruptions of deliveries or which would necessitate our securing alternative labor or shipping suppliers could also increase our costs or otherwise negatively affect our business.

We maintain a network of distribution facilities and are moving forward with plans to build new facilities to support our growth objectives. Delays in opening distribution centers could adversely affect our future financial performance by slowing store growth, which may in turn reduce revenue growth, or by increasing transportation


11


Table of Contents

         Becausecosts. In addition, distribution‑related construction or expansion projects entail risks that could cause delays and cost overruns, such as: shortages of materials or skilled labor; work stoppages; unforeseen construction, scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; weather interference; fires or other casualty losses; and unanticipated cost increases. The completion date and ultimate cost of these projects could differ significantly from initial expectations due to construction‑related or other reasons. We cannot guarantee that any project will be completed on time or within established budgets.

Risks associated with or faced by our suppliers could adversely affect our financial performance.

The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international suppliers, and we are dependent on our vendors to supply merchandise in a timely and efficient manner. In 2016, our largest and second largest suppliers each accounted for approximately 8% of our purchases. We have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our current sources of supply became unavailable, we would generally be able to obtain alternative sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our merchandise costs, result in a temporary reduction in store inventory levels, and reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could adversely affect our sales. Additionally, if a supplier fails to deliver on its commitments, whether due to financial difficulties or other reasons, we could experience merchandise out‑of‑stocks that could lead to lost sales and damage to our reputation.

We directly imported approximately 6% of our purchases (measured at cost) in 2016, but many of our domestic vendors directly import their products or components of their products. Changes to the prices and flow of these goods for any reason, such as political unrest or acts of war, currency fluctuations, disruptions in maritime lanes, port labor disputes, and economic conditions and instability in the countries in which foreign suppliers are located, the financial instability of suppliers, suppliers’ failure to meet our standards, issues with labor practices of our suppliers or labor problems they may experience (such as strikes, stoppages or slowdowns, which could also increase labor costs during and following the disruption), the availability and cost of raw materials to suppliers, increased import duties, merchandise quality or safety issues, transport availability and cost, increases in wage rates and taxes, transport security, inflation, and other factors relating to the suppliers and the countries in which they are located or from which they import, are beyond our control and could adversely affect our operations and profitability. While we are working to reduce our dependency on goods produced in China, a substantial amount of our imported merchandise still comes from China, and thus, a change in the Chinese leadership, economic and market conditions, internal economic stimulus actions, or currency or other policies, as well as increases in costs of labor and wage taxes, could negatively impact our merchandise costs. In addition, the United States’ foreign trade policies, duties, tariffs and other impositions on imported goods, trade sanctions imposed on certain countries, the limitation on the importation of certain types of goods or of goods containing certain materials from other countries and other factors relating to foreign trade and port labor agreements are beyond our control. These and other factors affecting our suppliers and our access to products could adversely affect our business and financial performance. As we increase our imports of merchandise from foreign vendors, the risks associated with these imports also will increase, and we may be exposed to additional or different risks as we increase imports of goods produced in countries other than China.

Our private brands may not maintain broad market acceptance and may increase the risks we face.

The sale of private brand items is seasonalan important component of our sales growth and gross profit rate enhancement plans. We have invested in our development and procurement resources and marketing efforts relating to these private brand offerings. We believe that our success in maintaining broad market acceptance of our private brands depends on many factors, including pricing, our costs, quality, customer perception and the timely development and introduction of new products. We may not achieve or maintain our expected sales for our private brands. The sale and expansion of our private brand offerings also subjects us to certain risks, such as: potential product liability risks and mandatory or voluntary product recalls; potential supply chain and distribution chain disruptions for raw materials and finished products; our ability to successfully protect our proprietary rights and successfully navigate and avoid claims related to the proprietary rights of third parties; our ability to successfully administer and comply with applicable contractual obligations and legal and regulatory requirements; and other risks generally encountered by entities that source, sell and market exclusive branded offerings for retail.

12


Table of Contents

An increase in sales of our private brands may also adversely affect sales of our vendors’ products, which, in turn, could adversely affect our relationship with certain of our vendors. Any failure to appropriately address some or all of these risks could have a significant adverse effect on our private brand initiatives and on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Product liability, product recall or other product safety claims could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial performance.

All of our vendors and their products must comply with applicable product safety laws, and we are dependent on them to ensure that the products we buy comply with all applicable safety standards.  However, product liability, personal injury or other claims may be asserted against us relating to product contamination, product tampering, mislabeling, recall and other safety issues with respect to the products that we sell.

We seek but may not be successful in obtaining contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from our vendors. If we do not have adequate contractual indemnification or insurance available, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to obtain indemnification from foreign vendors may be hindered by our ability to obtain jurisdiction over such vendors to enforce contractual indemnification obligations. Even with adequate insurance and indemnification, such claims could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products. Our litigation expenses could increase as well, which also could have a materially negative impact on our results of operations even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued.

We are subject to governmental regulations, procedures and requirements. A significant change in, or noncompliance with, these regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

Our business is subject to numerous and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations. We routinely incur significant costs in complying with these regulations. The complexity of the regulatory environment in which we operate and the related cost of compliance are increasing due to additional legal and regulatory requirements, our expanding operations, and increased enforcement efforts. Further, uncertainties exist regarding the future application of certain extent,of these legal requirements to our business. New laws, regulations, policies and the related interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those dealing with environmental compliance, product safety, food safety, information security and privacy, and labor and employment, among others, or changes in existing laws, regulations, policies and the highest volumerelated interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those governing the sale of net sales during the fourth quarter, adverse events during the fourth quarterproducts or employee wages, may result in significant added expenses or may require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement and/or could materially increase our cost of doing business. Untimely compliance or noncompliance with applicable regulations or untimely or incomplete execution of a required product recall, can result in the imposition of penalties, including loss of licenses or significant fines or monetary penalties, class action litigation or other litigation, in addition to reputational damage. Additionally, changes in tax laws, the interpretation of existing laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could adversely affect our effective tax rate.

Litigation may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, suppliers, competitors, shareholders, government agencies and others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits and regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to our financial statements as a whole.

        We generally recognizewhole or may negatively affect our highest volume of net sales during the Christmas selling season, which occurs in the fourth quarteroperating results if changes to our business operations are required. The cost to defend future litigation may be significant. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our fiscal year. In anticipationbusiness, regardless of this holiday,whether the allegations are valid or whether we purchase substantial amountsare ultimately found liable. As a result,

13


Table of seasonal inventory. Adverse events, such as deteriorating economic conditions, higher unemployment, higher gas prices, public transportation disruptions, or unanticipated adverse weather could result in lower-than-planned sales duringContents

litigation may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See Note 7 to the holiday season. An excessconsolidated financial statements for further details regarding certain of seasonal merchandise inventory could result if our net sales during the Christmas selling season fall below seasonal norms or expectations. If our fourth quarter sales results were substantially below expectations, our financial performance and operating results could be adversely affected by unanticipated markdowns, especially in seasonal merchandise.these pending matters.

Our current insurance program may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our financial performance.

 

Our insurance coverage reflects deductibles, self-insuredself‑insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are prudent based on the dispersion of our operations. However, there are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to acts of war, employee and certain other crime, certain wage and hour and other employment-relatedemployment‑related claims, including class actions, actions based on certain consumer protection laws, and some natural disasters.and other disasters or similar events. If we incur these losses and they are material, our business could suffer. Certain material events may result in sizable losses for the insurance industry and adversely impact the availability of adequate insurance coverage or result in excessive premium increases. To offset negative insurance market trends, we may elect to self-insure,self‑insure, accept higher deductibles or reduce the amount of coverage in response to these market changes. In addition, we self-insureself‑insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers'workers’ compensation, automobile liability, general liability and group health insurance programs. Unanticipated changes in any applicable actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for these losses, including expected increases in medical and indemnity costs, could result in materially different expenses than expected under these programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Although we continue to maintain property insurance for catastrophic events at our store support center and distribution centers, we are effectively self-insuredself‑insured for other property losses. If we experience a greater number of these losses than we anticipate, our financial performance could be adversely affected.

Natural disasters and unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, and global political events could disrupt business and result in lower sales and otherwise adversely affect our financial performance.

The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricanes, fires, floods, tornadoes and earthquakes, unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, such as civil unrest in countries in which our suppliers are located, or similar disruptions could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Uncharacteristic or significant weather conditions can affect consumer shopping patterns, which could lead to lost sales or greater than expected markdowns and adversely affect our short‑term results of operations. To the extent these events result in the closure of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, or our corporate headquarters or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially adversely affected through an inability to make deliveries or provide other support functions to our stores and through lost sales. In addition, these events could result in increases in fuel (or other energy) prices or a fuel shortage, delays in opening new stores, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long‑term disruption in the supply of products from some domestic and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas, delay in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, the inability of customers to reach or have transportation to our stores directly affected by such events, the temporary reduction in the availability of products in our stores and disruption of our utility services or to our information systems. These events also can have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage.

Any failure to maintain the security of information we hold relating to our customers, employees and vendors, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks or otherwise, could expose us to litigation, government enforcement actions and costly response measures, and could seriouslymaterially disrupt our operations and harm our reputation.reputation and sales.

 

In connection with sales, we transmit confidential credit and debit card information. We also have access to, collect or maintain certain private or confidential information regarding our customers, employees and vendors, as well as our business. We have procedures and technology in place to safeguard such data and information. To our knowledge, computer hackers have been unable to gain access to the information stored in our information systems. However, cyberattacks are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated. Additionally, under certain circumstances, we may share information with vendors that assist us in conducting our business (for example, third‑party vendors assist us in the transmittal of

14


Table of Contents

credit and debit card information in connection with sales), as required by law, or otherwise in accordance with the permission of the individual.our privacy policy. While we have implemented procedures and technology intended to protect and safeguard our information and require appropriate controls of our vendors, it is possible that computer hackers and otherscyber-attackers might compromise our security measures or those of our technology and other vendors in the future and


obtain the personal information of our customers, employees and vendors that we hold or our business information. information, as cyberattacks are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated and may not immediately produce signs of intrusion. Moreover, employee error or malfeasance or other irregularities may result in a defeat of our or our third‑party vendors’ security measures and breach our or our third‑party vendors’ information systems.

Because we accept debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (“PCI DSS”), issued by the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council. PCI DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing, and transmission of cardholder data. Additionally, we have implemented technology in all of our stores to allow for the acceptance of Europay, Mastercard and Visa (EMV) credit transactions. Complying with PCI DSS standards and implementing related procedures, technology and information security measures require significant resources and ongoing attention. However, even as we comply with PCI DSS standards and offer EMV technology in our stores, we may be vulnerable to, and unable to detect and appropriately respond to, data security breaches and data loss, including cybersecurity attacks or other breach of cardholder data.

A security breach of any kind (whether experienced by us or one of our vendors), which could be undetected for a period of time, or any failure by us to comply with the applicable privacy and information security laws, regulations and standards could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, government enforcement actions, fines or penalties, credit card brand assessments, and costly response measures (including, for example, providing notification to, and credit monitoring services for, affected customers, as well as further upgrades to our security measures) which may not be covered by or may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies, and could seriouslymaterially disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative media attention and publicity could significantly harm our reputation which could cause us to lose market share as a result of customers discontinuing the use of debit or credit cards in our stores or not shopping in our stores altogether and could have ana material adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Material damage or interruptions to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages or challenges or difficulties in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We depend on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business and are continually improving our information processes and computer systems to better run our business. These technology initiatives may not deliver desired results or may do so on a delayed schedule. Additionally, such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, facility damage, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cybersecurity breaches, cyber attacks, natural disasters and human error. Damage or interruption to these systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions or disruptions in our operations in the interim, may experience loss or corruption of critical data and may receive negative publicity, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. Failure to meet these staffing needs may negatively affect our ability to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems. We rely on certain vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these vendors, developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner and could expose us to greater risk of a cybersecurity breach or other cyber attack. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

15


Table of Contents

Failure to attract, train and retain qualified employees while controlling labor costs, as well as other labor issues, could adversely affect our financial performance.

Our future growth and performance, positive customer experience and regulatory compliance depends on our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified employees, many of whom are in positions with historically high rates of turnover. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling our labor costs, is subject to many external factors, including competition for and availability of qualified personnel in a given market, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, health and other insurance costs, changes in employment and labor laws (including changes in the process for our employees to join a union) or other workplace regulations (including changes in “entitlement” programs such as health insurance and paid leave programs), and our reputation and relevance within the labor market. If we are unable to attract and retain adequate numbers of qualified employees, our operations, customer service levels and support functions could suffer. To the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor costs could increase. In addition, potential regulatory changes relating to overtime exemptions for certain employees under federal and state laws could result in increased labor costs to our business and negatively affect our operating results if the regulatory changes are implemented. Our ability to pass along labor costs to our customers is constrained by our everyday low price model, and we may not be able to offset such increased costs elsewhere in our business.

Our success depends on our executive officers and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed.

Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel. The unexpected loss of the services of any of our executive officers could have an adverse effect on our operations. There can be no assurance that our executive succession planning, retention or hiring efforts will be successful. Competition for skilled and experienced management personnel is intense, and our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, and a failure to attract and retain new qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations. We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies with respect to our executive officers or key personnel.

Because our business is somewhat seasonal, with the highest volume of net sales during the fourth quarter, adverse events during the fourth quarter could materially affect our financial statements as a whole.

We generally recognize our highest volume of net sales during the Christmas selling season, which occurs in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. In anticipation of this holiday, we purchase substantial amounts of seasonal inventory. Adverse events, such as deteriorating economic conditions, high unemployment rates, high gas prices, public transportation disruptions, or unusual or unanticipated adverse weather could result in lower‑than‑planned sales during the Christmas selling season. An excess of seasonal merchandise inventory could result if our net sales during the Christmas selling season fall below seasonal norms or expectations. If our fourth quarter sales results were substantially below expectations, our financial performance and operating results could be adversely affected by unanticipated markdowns, especially in seasonal merchandise.

Deterioration in market conditions or changes in our credit profile could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund ourbusiness operations and limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy or other opportunities or to react to changes in the economy or our industry.financial condition.

 

We obtain and manage liquidity fromrely on the positive cash flow we generate from our operating activities and our access to the credit and capital markets includingto fund our credit facility.operations, growth strategy, and return of cash to our shareholders through share repurchases and dividends. Changes in the credit and capital markets, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate fluctuations, may increase the cost of financing make it more difficult to obtain favorable terms, or restrict our access to this sourcethese potential sources of future liquidity. There is no assurance thatOur continued access to these liquidity sources on favorable terms depends on multiple factors, including our ability to obtain additional financing through the capital markets will not be adversely impacted by economic conditions.operating performance and our credit ratings. Our debt securities currently have an investment grade rating, and a downgrade of this rating likely would make it more difficult or expensive for usnegatively impact our access to obtain additional financingthe debt capital markets and would increase theour cost of borrowing underborrowing. As a result, any disruptions or turmoil in the debt markets or any downgrade of our credit facility, whichratings could adversely affect our cash flowbusiness operations and limit our growth strategy or other opportunities orfinancial condition and our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry.

        At January 31, 2014, we had total outstanding debt (including the current portion of long-term obligations) of approximately $2.8 billion. We also had an additional $822.8 million available for borrowing under our unsecured revolving credit facility. This level of debt could have important negative consequencesreturn cash to our business, including:

16


Table of Contents

through the debt service requirements; and

placing us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less leveraged and maymarkets will not be better able to use their cash flow to fund competitive responses to changing industry, marketadversely impacted by economic conditions or economic conditions.

         Our debt agreements contain restrictions that could limit our flexibility in operating our business.

        Our credit facilities and the indenture governing our notes contain various covenants that could limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our subsidiaries' ability to, among other things:

        We are also subject to specified financial ratio covenants under our credit facilities. Our ability to meet these financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios and other covenants. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a


default under the agreement governing such indebtedness and inability to borrow additional amounts under our revolving credit facility. Upon our failurebe able to maintain compliance with these covenants, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend furtheror improve our current credit thereunder. If the lenders under such indebtedness accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot make assurances that we will have sufficient assets to repay those borrowings, as well as our other indebtedness, including our outstanding notes.ratings.

New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could adversely affect our financial performance.

 

The implementation of proposed new accounting standards maywill require extensive systems, internal process and other changes that could increase our operating costs, and may also will result in changes to our financial statements. In particular, the implementation of expected future accounting standards related to leases, as currently being contemplatedissued by the convergence project between the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"(“FASB”) and the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"), as well as the possible adoption of international financial reporting standards by U.S. registrants, could requireare requiring us to make significant changes to our lease management fixed asset, and other accounting systems, and if implemented, are likely towill result in significant changes to our financial statements. Additionally, the FASB has issued accounting standards related to revenue recognition and intra-entity transfers that could result in changes to our financial statements.

 

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance. The outcome of such changes could include litigation or regulatory actions which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

As of February 28, 2014,March 3, 2017, we operated 11,21513,429 retail stores located in 4044 states as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State

    

Number of Stores

                

State

    

Number of Stores

 

Alabama

 

688

 

Nebraska

 

111

 

Arizona

 

99

 

Nevada

 

24

 

Arkansas

 

392

 

New Hampshire

 

23

 

California

 

185

 

New Jersey

 

94

 

Colorado

 

30

 

New Mexico

 

87

 

Connecticut

 

33

 

New York

 

358

 

Delaware

 

43

 

North Carolina

 

730

 

Florida

 

781

 

North Dakota

 

5

 

Georgia

 

758

 

Ohio

 

705

 

Illinois

 

481

 

Oklahoma

 

408

 

Indiana

 

459

 

Oregon

 

19

 

Iowa

 

205

 

Pennsylvania

 

604

 

Kansas

 

220

 

Rhode Island

 

6

 

Kentucky

 

474

 

South Carolina

 

484

 

Louisiana

 

511

 

South Dakota

 

32

 

Maine

 

29

 

Tennessee

 

700

 

Maryland

 

118

 

Texas

 

1,353

 

Massachusetts

 

22

 

Utah

 

6

 

Michigan

 

401

 

Vermont

 

32

 

Minnesota

 

97

 

Virginia

 

362

 

Mississippi

 

447

 

West Virginia

 

216

 

Missouri

 

464

 

Wisconsin

 

133

 

17

State
 Number of
Stores
 
State
 Number of
Stores
 

Alabama

  597 Missouri  398 

Arizona

  85 Nebraska  80 

Arkansas

  325 Nevada  22 

California

  102 New Hampshire  9 

Colorado

  33 New Jersey  71 

Connecticut

  15 New Mexico  72 

Delaware

  36 New York  285 

Florida

  656 North Carolina  611 

Georgia

  632 Ohio  608 

Illinois

  405 Oklahoma  355 

Indiana

  399 Pennsylvania  489 

Iowa

  178 South Carolina  425 

Kansas

  194 South Dakota  11 

Kentucky

  421 Tennessee  578 

Louisiana

  461 Texas  1,198 

Maryland

  92 Utah  8 

Massachusetts

  10 Vermont  20 

Michigan

  330 Virginia  307 

Minnesota

  33 West Virginia  179 

Mississippi

  369 Wisconsin  116 

 

Table of Contents

Most of our stores are located in leased premises. Individual store leases vary as to their terms, rental provisions and expiration dates. Many stores are subject to build-to-suitbuild‑to‑suit arrangements with landlords, which typically carry a primary lease term of up to 15 years with multiple renewal options. We also have stores subject to shorter-termshorter‑term leases and many of these leases have renewal options. In recent years, an increasing percentageA significant portion of our new stores have beenare subject to build-to-suitbuild‑to‑suit arrangements.

 

As of February 28, 2014,March 3, 2017, we operated twelvefourteen distribution centers, as described in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Year

    

Approximate Square

    

Number of

 

Location

 

Opened

 

Footage

 

Stores Served

 

Scottsville, KY

 

1959

 

720,000

 

746

 

Ardmore, OK

 

1994

 

1,310,000

 

1,342

 

South Boston, VA

 

1997

 

1,250,000

 

996

 

Indianola, MS

 

1998

 

820,000

 

788

 

Fulton, MO

 

1999

 

1,150,000

 

1,290

 

Alachua, FL

 

2000

 

980,000

 

960

 

Zanesville, OH

 

2001

 

1,170,000

 

1,159

 

Jonesville, SC

 

2005

 

1,120,000

 

1,185

 

Marion, IN

 

2006

 

1,110,000

 

1,270

 

Bessemer, AL

 

2012

 

940,000

 

1,148

 

Lebec, CA

 

2012

 

600,000

 

352

 

Bethel, PA

 

2014

 

1,000,000

 

939

 

San Antonio, TX

 

2016

 

920,000

 

852

 

Janesville, WI

 

2016

 

1,000,000

 

402

 

Location
 Year
Opened
 Approximate Square
Footage
 Approximate Number
of Stores Served
 

Scottsville, KY

  1959  720,000  774 

Ardmore, OK

  1994  1,310,000  1,380 

South Boston, VA

  1997  1,250,000  926 

Indianola, MS

  1998  820,000  803 

Fulton, MO

  1999  1,150,000  1,256 

Alachua, FL

  2000  980,000  947 

Zanesville, OH

  2001  1,170,000  1,173 

Jonesville, SC

  2005  1,120,000  1,107 

Marion, IN

  2006  1,110,000  1,174 

Bessemer, AL

  2012  940,000  1,025 

Lebec, CA

  2012  600,000  253 

Bethel, PA

  2014  1,000,000  397 

 

We lease the distribution centers located in California, Oklahoma, Mississippi and Missouri and own the other eightremaining distribution centers in the table above. Approximately 7.25 acres of the land on which our Kentucky distribution center is located is subject to a ground lease. As of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, we leased approximately 621,000871,000 square feet of additional temporary warehouse space to support our distribution needs.

 

Our executive offices are located in approximately 302,000 square feet of owned buildings and approximately 56,000 square feet of leased office space in Goodlettsville, Tennessee.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The information contained in Note 87 to the consolidated financial statements under the heading "Legal proceedings"“Legal proceedings” contained in Part II, Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

None.


18


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Information regarding our current executive officers as of March 20, 201424, 2017 is set forth below. Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our Board of Directors and is elected annually by the Board to serve until a successor is duly elected. There are no familial relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.

Name

Age

Position

Name
AgePosition

Richard W. DreilingTodd J. Vasos

55 
60

Chairman and

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Todd J. VasosJohn W. Garratt

52Chief Operating Officer

David M. Tehle

48 

57

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

David D'ArezzoJeffery C. Owen

47 
55

Executive Vice President, Store Operations

Robert D. Ravener

58 

Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer

Rhonda M. Taylor

49 

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

James W. Thorpe

58 

Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer

John W. FlaniganAnita C. Elliott

52 
62

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

Michael J. Kindy

Executive

51 

Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain

Robert D. Ravener

55Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer

Gregory A. Sparks

53Executive Vice President, Store Operations

Anita C. Elliott

49Senior Vice President and Controller

Rhonda M. Taylor

46Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

Mr. DreilingVasos joined Dollar General in January 2008has served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board.Board since June 2015. He was appointed Chairman of the Board on December 2, 2008. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Dreiling served as Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of Duane Reade Holdings, Inc. and Duane Reade Inc., the largest drugstore chain in New York City, from November 2005 until January 2008 and as Chairman of the Board of Duane Reade from March 2007 until January 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Dreiling, beginning in March 2005, served as Executive Vice President—Chief Operating Officer of Longs Drug Stores Corporation, an operator of a chain of retail drug stores on the West Coast and Hawaii, after having joined Longs in July 2003 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Dreiling served as Executive Vice President—Marketing, Manufacturing and Distribution at Safeway Inc., a food and drug retailer. Prior to that, Mr. Dreiling served from 1998 to 2000 as President of Vons, a Southern California food and drug division of Safeway. He currently serves as the Chairman of the Retail Industry Leaders Association (RILA). Mr. Dreiling is a director of Lowe's Companies, Inc.

Mr. Vasos joined Dollar General in December 2008 as Executive Vice President, Division President and Chief Merchandising Officer. He was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in November 2013. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Vasos served in executive positions with Longs Drug Stores Corporation for 7 years, including Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (February 2008 through November 2008) and Senior Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer (2001 - 2008), where he was responsible for all pharmacy and front-endfront‑end marketing, merchandising, procurement, supply chain, advertising, store development, store layout and space allocation, and the operation of three distribution centers. He also previously served in leadership positions at Phar-MorPhar‑Mor Food and Drug Inc. and Eckerd Corporation.

 

Mr. TehleGarratt joined Dollar General in June 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Hehas served from 1997 to June 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Haggar Corporation, a manufacturing, marketing and retail corporation. From 1996 to 1997, he was Vice President of Finance for a division of The Stanley Works, one of the world's largest manufacturers of tools, and from 1993 to 1996, he was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Hat Brands, Inc., a hat manufacturer. Earlier in his career, Mr. Tehle served in a variety of financial-related roles at Ryder System, Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated. Mr. Tehle is a director of Jack in the Box Inc.

Mr. D'Arezzosince December 2, 2015. He joined Dollar General in November 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer. Prior to Dollar General, from May 2008 until August 2013, Mr. D'Arezzo served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Grocers Supply Co., Inc., the largest


independent wholesaler in the southern United States, serving over 800 supermarkets with a full-line of products for resale. In this role, he was responsible for all functions and the running of the wholesale business. From 2006 to 2008, he servedOctober 2014 as Senior Vice President, Finance & Strategy and subsequently served as Interim Chief MarketingFinancial Officer from July 2015 to December 2015. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Garratt held various positions of Duane Reade,increasing responsibility with Yum! Brands, Inc., one of the world’s largest drugstore chainrestaurant companies, between May 2004 and October 2014, holding leadership positions in New York City,corporate strategy and financial planning. He served as its InterimVice President, Finance and Division Controller for the KFC division and earlier for the Pizza Hut division and for Yum Restaurants International between October 2013 and October 2014. He also served as the Senior Director, Yum Corporate Strategy, from March 2010 to October 2013, reporting directly to the corporate Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer and leading corporate strategy as well as driving key cross‑divisional initiatives. Mr. Garratt served in various other financial positions at Yum from May 2004 to March 2010. He served as Plant Controller for four monthsAlcoa Inc. between April 2002 and May 2004, and held various financial management positions at General Electric from March 1999 to April 2002. He began his career in 2008. Prior to Duane Reade,May 1990 at Alcoa, where he served as Chief Operating Officer of Raley's Family of Stores, Northern California's premier supermarket operating 120 storesfor approximately nine years.

Mr. Owen returned to Dollar General in three western states, from 2003 to 2005. From 2002 to 2003, he servedJune 2015 as Executive Vice President of Merchandising and Replenishment at Office Depot, Inc., a global supplierStore Operations, with over 21 years of office products and services. From 1994previous employment experience with the Company. Prior to 2002, Mr. D'Arezzo held various positions at Wegmans Food Market, a supermarket operator, includinghis departure from Dollar General in July 2014, he was Senior Vice President, of Merchandising (1998 - 2002), Division Manager (1997) and Group Manager (1994 - 1996). He workedStore Operations. Prior to August 2011, Mr. Owen served as Vice President, of Sales at DNA Plant Technology, a biotechnology start-up company, in 1994. He also held various positions at PepsiCo, Inc. from 1989Division Manager. From November 2006 to 1993, including Business Development Manager, Area Marketing Manager, Brand Manager—Diet Pepsi and New Products Assistant Marketing Manager.

Mr. Flanigan joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain in May 2008. He was promoted to Executive Vice President in March 2010. He has over 25 years of management experience in retail logistics. Prior to joining Dollar General, he was Group Vice President of Logistics and Distribution for Longs Drug Stores Corporation, an operator of a chain of retail drug stores on the West Coast and Hawaii, from October 2005 to April 2008. In this role, he was responsible for overseeing warehousing, inbound and outbound transportation and facility maintenance to service over 500 retail outlets. From September 2001 to October 2005,2007, he served as Retail Division Manager. Prior to November 2006, he was Senior Director, Operations Process Improvement. Mr. Owen served the Vice PresidentCompany in various operations roles of Logistics for Safewayincreasing importance and responsibility from December 1992 to September 2004. Mr. Owen has served as a director of Kirkland’s Inc., a food and drug retailer, where he oversaw distribution of food products from Safeway distribution centers to all retail outlets, inbound traffic and transportation. He also has held distribution and logistics leadership positions at Vons—a Safeway company, Specialized Distribution Management Inc., and Crum & Crum Logistics. since March 30, 2015.

 

Mr. Ravener joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Chief People Officer in August 2008. He was promoted to Executive Vice President in March 2010. Prior to joining Dollar General, he served in human resources executive roles with Starbucks Corporation, a roaster, marketer and retailer of specialty coffee, from

19


Table of Contents

September 2005 until August 2008 as the Senior Vice President of U.S. Partner Resources and, prior to that, as the Vice President, Partner Resources—Eastern Division. As the Senior Vice President of U.S. Partner Resources at Starbucks, Mr. Ravener oversaw all aspects of human resources activity for more than 10,000 stores. Prior to serving at Starbucks, Mr. Ravener held Vice President of Human Resources roles for The Home Depot Inc., a home improvement retailer, at its Store Support Center and a domestic field division from April 2003 to September 2005. Mr. Ravener also served in executive roles in both human resources and operations at Footstar, Inc. and roles of increasing leadership at PepsiCo, Inc.

 

Mr. SparksMs. Taylor joined Dollar General in March 2012has served as Executive Vice President of Store Operations. Prior to joining Dollarand General Mr. Sparks served as Division President, Seattle Division, for Safeway Inc., a food and drug retailer, a role he had heldCounsel since 2001. As Division President of the Seattle Division, Mr. Sparks was responsible for the supervision of approximately 200 stores and approximately 23,000 employees in the northwest region and oversaw real estate, finance and operations of the Seattle Division. Mr. Sparks has 37 years of retail experience including a 34-year career with Safeway where he held roles of increasing responsibility including merchandising manager (1987), category manager (1987 - 1990), divisional director of merchandising, grocery and general merchandise (1990 - 1997) and divisional vice president of marketing (1997 - 2001).

Ms. Elliott joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Controller in August 2005. Prior to joining Dollar General, she served as Vice President and Controller of Big Lots, Inc., a closeout retailer, from May 2001 to August 2005. Overseeing a staff of 140 employees at Big Lots, she was responsible for accounting operations, financial reporting and internal audit. Prior to serving at Big


Lots, she served as Vice President and Controller for Jitney-Jungle Stores of America, Inc., a grocery retailer, from April 1998 to March 2001. At Jitney-Jungle, Ms. Elliott was responsible for the accounting operations and the internal and external financial reporting functions. Prior to serving at Jitney-Jungle, she practiced public accounting for 12 years, 6 of which were with Ernst & Young LLP.

Ms. Taylor17, 2015. She joined Dollar General as an Employment Attorney in March 2000 and was subsequently promoted to Senior Employment Attorney in 2001. She was promoted to2001, Deputy General Counsel in 2004, and then moved into the role of Vice President and Assistant General Counsel in March 2010. She has served as2010, and Senior Vice President and General Counsel sincein June 2013. Prior to joining Dollar General, she practiced law with Ogletree, Deakins, Nash, Smoak & Stewart, P.C., where she specialized in labor law and employment litigation. She has also held attorney positions with Ford & Harrison LLP and Stokes & Bartholomew.



Mr. Thorpe
returned to Dollar General in August 2015 as Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer, with over six years of previous employment experience with the Company. Mr. Thorpe has advised the Company of his intention to resign, which will be effective April 15, 2017. He previously served as Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager, from May 2006 when he joined the Company until his departure in July 2012. Following his departure from Dollar General, Mr. Thorpe provided on a limited ad‑hoc basis certain retail industry consulting services as President of JW Thorpe & Associates, Inc. Prior to Dollar General, he served in various positions of increasing importance and responsibility with Sears Holdings Corporation, a leading integrated retailer, from March 1991 to May 2006 where his last position was Vice President and General Merchandise Manager—Hard Home of Sears Home Group. Prior to Sears, he worked as a Marketing Program Manager for Zenith Data Systems, a personal computer development and sales company, from July 1990 to February 1991. He began his career at The MAXIMA Corporation, an information technology services company, where he held various project administration and analyst positions.

Ms. Elliott has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since December 2, 2015. She joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Controller in August 2005. Prior to joining Dollar General, she served as Vice President and Controller of Big Lots, Inc., a closeout retailer, from May 2001 to August 2005, where she was responsible for accounting operations, financial reporting and internal audit. Prior to serving at Big Lots, she served as Vice President and Controller for Jitney‑Jungle Stores of America, Inc., a grocery retailer, from April 1998 to March 2001. At Jitney‑Jungle, Ms. Elliott was responsible for the accounting operations and the internal and external financial reporting functions. Prior to serving at Jitney‑Jungle, she practiced public accounting for 12 years, 6 of which were with Ernst & Young LLP.

Mr. Kindyjoined Dollar General as Vice President, Distribution Centers in December 2008. He became Vice President, Transportation in May 2013 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain in June 2015. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Kindy had 14 years of grocery distribution management and 5 years of logistics and distribution consulting experience. He served as Senior Director, Warehouse Operations, for ConAgra Foods, one of North America’s largest packaged food companies, from November 2007 to December 2008.  Since beginning his career in July 1989, Mr. Kindy also held various distribution and warehouse leadership positions at Safeway, Inc., Crum & Crum Logistics, and Specialized Distribution Management, Inc., and served as a principal consultant for PricewaterhouseCoopers.

20


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'SREGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

 

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "DG."“DG.” The high and low sales prices during each quarter in fiscal 20132016 and 20122015 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

2016

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

High

 $53.00 $55.82 $59.87 $62.93 

 

$

87.42

 

$

96.88

 

$

94.75

 

$

80.67

 

Low

 $43.35 $48.61 $52.40 $55.08 

 

$

67.90

 

$

78.91

 

$

66.50

 

$

68.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

2015

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

High

 $48.76 $56.04 $53.36 $50.80 

 

$

76.99

 

$

81.42

 

$

81.15

 

$

75.14

 

Low

 $41.20 $45.37 $45.58 $39.73 

 

$

65.86

 

$

71.44

 

$

64.66

 

$

59.75

 

 

On March 13, 2014,17, 2017, our stock price at the close of the market was $57.66$72.33 and there were approximately 1,7602,148 shareholders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

 

On March 15, 2017, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.26 per share, which is payable on April 25, 2017 to shareholders of record of our common stock on April 11, 2017. We havepaid quarterly cash dividends of $0.25 in 2016 and $0.22 per share in 2015. Prior to March 2015, we had not declared or paid recurring dividends subsequentsince March 2007. Although the Board intends to a merger transaction in 2007. Any decisioncontinue regular quarterly cash dividends, the declaration and amount of future cash dividends are subject to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at theBoard’s discretion based on an evaluation of our Board of Directorsearnings performance, financial condition, capital needs and other relevant factors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that ourthe Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

The following table contains information regarding purchases of our common stock made during the quarter ended January 31, 2014February 3, 2017 by or on behalf of Dollar General or any "affiliated“affiliated purchaser," as defined by Rule 10b-18(a)10b‑18(a)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

Total Number

    

Approximate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Dollar Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

of Shares that May

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

Average

 

as Part of Publicly

 

Yet Be Purchased

 

 

 

Shares

 

Price Paid

 

Announced Plans or

 

Under the Plans

 

Period

 

Purchased

 

per Share

 

Programs(a)

 

or Programs(a)

 

10/29/16-11/30/16

 

3,119,816

 

$

73.74

 

3,119,816

 

$

1,014,328,000

 

12/01/16-12/31/16

 

733,148

 

$

76.38

 

733,148

 

$

958,329,000

 

01/01/17-02/03/17

 

339,323

 

$

73.68

 

339,323

 

$

933,329,000

 

Total

 

4,192,287

 

$

74.20

 

4,192,287

 

$

933,329,000

 


(a)

A $500 million share repurchase program was publicly announced on September 5, 2012, and increases in the authorization under such program were announced on March 25, 2013 ($500 million increase), December 5, 2013 ($1.0 billion increase), March 12, 2015 ($1.0 billion increase), December 3, 2015 ($1.0 billion increase) and August 25, 2016 ($1.0 billion increase). Under the authorization, purchases may be made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time subject to market and other conditions. This repurchase authorization has no expiration date.

Period
 Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
 Average
Price Paid
per Share
 Total Number
of Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs(a)
 Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs(a)
 

11/02/13 - 11/30/13

   $   $223,591,000 

12/01/13 - 12/31/13

  3,280,900 $60.98  3,280,900 $1,023,513,000 

01/01/14 - 01/31/14

   $   $1,023,513,000 

Total

  3,280,900 $60.98  3,280,900 $1,023,513,000 

21


(a)
A $500 million share repurchase program was publicly announced on September 5, 2012, and increases in the authorization under such program were announced on March 25, 2013 ($500 million increase) and December 5, 2013 ($1.0 billion increase). Under the authorization, purchases may be made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time subject to market and other conditions. This repurchase authorization has no expiration date.


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial information of Dollar General Corporation as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical statement of operationsincome data and statement of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, February 1, 2013, and February 3, 20122017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015 and balance sheet data as of February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The selected historical statement of operationsincome data and statement of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended January 28, 201131, 2014 and January 29, 2010February 1, 2013 and balance sheet data as of January 30, 2015, January 31, 2014, and February 3, 2012, January 28, 2011, and January 29, 20101, 2013 presented in this table have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this report.

 

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in Part II, Item 8 of this report


and the Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Part II,

22


Table of Contents

Item 7 of this report. Certain financial disclosures relating to prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in millions, excluding per share data,

    

Year Ended

 

number of stores, selling square feet, and net sales

 

February 3,

 

January 29,

 

January 30,

 

January 31,

 

February 1,

 

per square foot)

 

2017(1)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Statement of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

21,986.6

 

$

20,368.6

 

$

18,909.6

 

$

17,504.2

 

$

16,022.1

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

15,204.0

 

 

14,062.5

 

 

13,107.1

 

 

12,068.4

 

 

10,936.7

 

Gross profit

 

 

6,782.6

 

 

6,306.1

 

 

5,802.5

 

 

5,435.7

 

 

5,085.4

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

4,719.2

 

 

4,365.8

 

 

4,033.4

 

 

3,699.6

 

 

3,430.1

 

Operating profit

 

 

2,063.4

 

 

1,940.3

 

 

1,769.1

 

 

1,736.2

 

 

1,655.3

 

Interest expense

 

 

97.8

 

 

86.9

 

 

88.2

 

 

89.0

 

 

127.9

 

Other (income) expense

 

 

 —

 

 

0.3

 

 

 —

 

 

18.9

 

 

30.0

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

1,965.6

 

 

1,853.0

 

 

1,680.9

 

 

1,628.3

 

 

1,497.4

 

Income tax expense

 

 

714.5

 

 

687.9

 

 

615.5

 

 

603.2

 

 

544.7

 

Net income

 

$

1,251.1

 

$

1,165.1

 

$

1,065.3

 

$

1,025.1

 

$

952.7

 

Earnings per share—basic

 

$

4.45

 

$

3.96

 

$

3.50

 

$

3.17

 

$

2.87

 

Earnings per share—diluted

 

 

4.43

 

 

3.95

 

 

3.49

 

 

3.17

 

 

2.85

 

Dividends per share

 

 

1.00

 

 

0.88

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

1,605.0

 

$

1,391.7

 

$

1,326.9

 

$

1,244.1

 

$

1,219.1

 

Investing activities

 

 

(550.9)

 

 

(503.4)

 

 

(371.7)

 

 

(250.0)

 

 

(569.8)

 

Financing activities

 

 

(1,024.1)

 

 

(1,310.2)

 

 

(880.9)

 

 

(629.3)

 

 

(634.6)

 

Total capital expenditures

 

 

(560.3)

 

 

(504.8)

 

 

(374.0)

 

 

(538.4)

 

 

(571.6)

 

Other Financial and Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Same store sales growth(2)

 

 

0.9

 

2.8

 

2.8

 

3.3

 

4.7

%

Same store sales(2)

 

$

20,348.1

 

$

19,254.3

 

$

17,818.7

 

$

16,365.5

 

$

14,992.7

 

Number of stores included in same store sales calculation

 

 

12,383

 

 

11,706

 

 

11,052

 

 

10,387

 

 

9,783

 

Number of stores (at period end)

 

 

13,320

 

 

12,483

 

 

11,789

 

 

11,132

 

 

10,506

 

Selling square feet (in thousands at period end)

 

 

98,943

 

 

92,477

 

 

87,205

 

 

82,012

 

 

76,909

 

Net sales per square foot(3)

 

$

229

 

$

226

 

$

223

 

$

220

 

$

216

 

Consumables sales

 

 

76.4

 

75.9

 

75.7

 

75.2

 

73.9

%

Seasonal sales

 

 

12.2

 

12.4

 

12.4

 

12.9

 

13.6

%

Home products sales

 

 

6.2

 

6.3

 

6.4

 

6.4

 

6.6

%

Apparel sales

 

 

5.2

 

5.4

 

5.5

 

5.5

 

5.9

%

Rent expense

 

$

942.4

 

$

856.9

 

$

785.2

 

$

686.9

 

$

614.3

 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

 

$

187.9

 

$

157.9

 

$

579.8

 

$

505.6

 

$

140.8

 

Total assets

 

 

11,672.3

 

 

11,257.9

 

 

11,208.6

 

 

10,848.2

 

 

10,340.8

 

Long-term debt(4)

 

 

3,211.5

 

 

2,970.6

 

 

2,725.1

 

 

2,799.5

 

 

2,745.3

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

5,406.3

 

 

5,377.9

 

 

5,710.0

 

 

5,402.2

 

 

4,985.3

 


(1)

The fiscal year ended February 3, 2017 was comprised of 53 weeks.

 
 Year Ended 
(Amounts in millions, excluding per share data,
number of stores, selling square feet, and net sales
per square foot)

 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012(1)
 January 28,
2011
 January 29,
2010
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                

Net sales

 $17,504.2 $16,022.1 $14,807.2 $13,035.0 $11,796.4 

Cost of goods sold

  12,068.4  10,936.7  10,109.3  8,858.4  8,106.5 
            

Gross profit

  5,435.7  5,085.4  4,697.9  4,176.6  3,689.9 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  3,699.6  3,430.1  3,207.1  2,902.5  2,736.6 
            

Operating profit

  1,736.2  1,655.3  1,490.8  1,274.1  953.3 

Interest expense

  89.0  127.9  204.9  274.0  345.6 

Other (income) expense

  18.9  30.0  60.6  15.1  55.5 
            

Income before income taxes

  1,628.3  1,497.4  1,225.3  985.0  552.1 

Income tax expense

  603.2  544.7  458.6  357.1  212.7 
            

Net income

 $1,025.1 $952.7 $766.7 $627.9 $339.4 
            
            

Earnings per share—basic

 $3.17 $2.87 $2.25 $1.84 $1.05 

Earnings per share—diluted

  3.17  2.85  2.22  1.82  1.04 

Dividends per share

          0.7525 

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 

Net cash provided by (used in):

                

Operating activities

 $1,213.1 $1,131.4 $1,050.5 $824.7 $672.8 

Investing activities

  (250.0) (569.8) (513.8) (418.9) (248.0)

Financing activities

  (598.3) (546.8) (908.0) (130.4) (580.7)

Total capital expenditures

  (538.4) (571.6) (514.9) (420.4) (250.7)

Other Financial and Operating Data:

  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 

Same store sales growth(2)

  3.3% 4.7% 6.0% 4.9% 9.5%

Same store sales(2)

 $16,365.5 $14,992.7 $13,626.7 $12,227.1 $11,356.5 

Number of stores included in same store sales calculation

  10,387  9,783  9,254  8,712  8,324 

Number of stores (at period end)

  11,132  10,506  9,937  9,372  8,828 

Selling square feet (in thousands at period end)

  82,012  76,909  71,774  67,094  62,494 

Net sales per square foot(3)

 $220 $216 $213 $201 $195 

Consumables sales

  75.2% 73.9% 73.2% 71.6% 70.8%

Seasonal sales

  12.9% 13.6% 13.8% 14.5% 14.5%

Home products sales

  6.4% 6.6% 6.8% 7.0% 7.4%

Apparel sales

  5.5% 5.9% 6.2% 6.9% 7.3%

Rent expense

 $686.9 $614.3 $542.3 $489.3 $428.6 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

 $505.6 $140.8 $126.1 $497.4 $222.1 

Total assets

  10,867.5  10,367.7  9,688.5  9,546.2  8,863.5 

Long-term debt

  2,818.8  2,772.2  2,618.5  3,288.2  3,403.4 

Total shareholders' equity

  5,402.2  4,985.3  4,674.6  4,063.6  3,408.8 

23


(1)
The fiscal year ended February 3, 2012 was comprised

Table of 53 weeks.Contents


(2)
Same-store sales are calculated based upon stores that were open at least 13 full fiscal months and remain open at the end of the reporting period. We include stores that have been remodeled, expanded or relocated in our same-store sales calculation. When applicable, we exclude the sales in the non-comparable week of a 53-week year from the same-store sales calculation.

(3)
Net sales per square foot was calculated based on total sales for the preceding 12 months as of the ending date of the reporting period divided by the average selling square footage during the period, including the end of the fiscal year, the beginning of the fiscal year, and the end of each of our three interim fiscal quarters.

(2)

Same‑store sales are calculated based upon stores that were open at least 13 full fiscal months and remain open at the end of the reporting period. We include stores that have been remodeled, expanded or relocated in our same‑store sales calculation. Changes in same-store sales are calculated based on the comparable 52 calendar weeks in the current and prior years.

(3)

Net sales per square foot was calculated based on total sales for the preceding 12 months as of the ending date of the reporting period divided by the average selling square footage during the period, including the end of the fiscal year, the beginning of the fiscal year, and the end of each of our three interim fiscal quarters.

(4)

Debt issuance costs are reflected as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability for all periods presented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

    

February 3,

 

January 29,

 

January 30,

 

January 31,

    

February 1,

 

 

 

2017(1)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2):

 

4.3

x  

4.5

x  

4.4

x  

4.7

x  

4.7

x


2017 was comprised of 53 weeks.

(1)


Year Ended

January 31,
2014
February 1,
2013

The fiscal year ended February 3,
2012

January 28,
2011
January 29,
2010

Ratio

(2)

For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1):charges, (a) earnings consist of income (loss) before income taxes, plus fixed charges less capitalized expenses related to indebtedness (amortization expense for capitalized interest is not significant) and (b) fixed charges consist of interest expense (whether expensed or capitalized), the amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts related to indebtedness, and the interest portion of rent expense.

4.7x4.7x3.8x3.1x2.1x

(1)
For purposes

24



ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'SMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This discussion and analysis should be read with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto. It also should be read in conjunction with the Cautionary Disclosure Regarding Forward-LookingForward‑Looking Statements and the Risk Factors disclosures set forth in the Introduction and in Item 1A of this report, respectively.

Executive Overview

 

We are among the largest discount retailerretailers in the United States by number of stores, with 11,21513,429 stores located in 4044 states  as of February 28, 2014, primarilyMarch 3, 2017, with the greatest concentration of stores in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. We offer a broad selection of merchandise, including consumable products such as food, paper and cleaning products, health and beauty products and pet supplies, and non-consumable products such as seasonal merchandise, home decor and domestics, and basic apparel. In 2013, we began selling tobacco products in our stores, with very favorable response from our customers. Our merchandise includes high qualityhigh-quality national brands from leading manufacturers, as well as our own value and comparable quality private brand selections with prices at substantial discounts to national brands. We offer our customers these national brand and private brand products at everyday low prices (typically $10 or less) in our convenient small-box (small store) locations.

 The

Because the customers we serve are value-conscious, many with low or fixed incomes,  and Dollar General has always beenwe are intensely focused on helping them make the most of their spending dollars. We believe our convenient store format and broad selection of high qualityhigh-quality products at compelling values have driven our substantial growth and financial success over the years. Like other companies,retailers, we have been operating for several years in an environment with ongoing macroeconomic challenges and uncertainties. Our core customers are facing sustained high ratesoften among the first to be affected by negative or uncertain economic conditions,  and are among the last to feel the effects of unemployment or underemployment, fluctuating food, gasolineimproving economic conditions particularly when, as in the recent past, trends are inconsistent and energy costs, rising and uncertain medical costs, including concerns over government mandated participation in health insurance programs, reductions in government benefits programs, continued challenges with affordable housing and consumer credit, and the timetable and strength of economic recovery fortheir duration unknown.  The primary macroeconomic factors that affect our core customers remains uncertain. The longerinclude the unemployment rate, the underemployment rate, wage growth, fuel prices, and changes to certain government assistance programs, such as the 2016 changes to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, which had the effect of not only reducing benefit levels but also eliminating benefit eligibility for certain individuals. Additionally, our customers are impacted by increases in those expenses that generally comprise a large portion of their budget, such as rent and healthcare, and during 2016, these expenses increased at a rate that was greater than many of our core customers’ growth in income.  We believe the overall effect of the factors listed above have to manage under such difficult conditions, the more difficult it is for them to stretch their spending dollars, particularly for discretionary purchases.negatively affected our traffic and, along with deflationary pressures, including both lower commodity costs and pricing actions on our products, have negatively affected same-store sales.  

 At

During 2016, we undertook a strategic review of our business and the beginning of 2008,retail environment that was designed to help identify additional long-term growth opportunities.  This strategic review resulted in prioritizing those growth opportunities that we defined fourbelieve are most important for the business, such as leveraging digital tools and technology, while ensuring that we maintain our brand heritage and build upon our organizational capabilities. 

Following this strategic review, we remain committed to the following long-term operating priorities whichas we remain keenly focused on executing. These priorities are:consistently strive to improve our performance while retaining our customer-centric focus: 1) drive productivedriving profitable sales growth, 2) increase, or enhance,capturing growth opportunities, 3) enhancing our gross profit margins 3) leverage process improvements and information technology to reduce costs,position as a low-cost operator, and 4) strengthen and expand Dollar General's culture of serving others.investing in our people as a competitive advantage.

 Our first priority is driving productive

We seek to drive profitable sales growth including bythrough initiatives aimed at increasing shopper frequency, item unit sales and transaction amount. In 2013, sales in same-stores increased by 3.3% over 2012 levels due to increases in bothcustomer traffic and average transaction. Successfultransaction amount, as well as an ongoing focus on enhancing our margins while maintaining both everyday low price and affordability.

Historically, our sales of consumables, which tend to have lower gross margins, have been the key drivers of net sales and customer traffic, while sales of non-consumables, which tend to have higher gross

25


Table of Contents

margins, have contributed to profitable sales growth and an increase in average transaction amount.  We expect these trends to continue in 2017.  Same-store sales growth is key to achieving our objectives. As noted above, in recent periods economic and competitive deflationary pressures resulting in lower commodity costs and prices has negatively affected our net and same store sales performance, and the continuation, if any, of these deflationary pressures could negatively impact sales of certain items going forward.  Additionally, we have made certain pricing adjustments and marketing investments in designated geographies with a focus on the consumables category to drive customer traffic.  These pricing adjustments and marketing investments are performing well in the majority of stores that received them with improvements in transactions, units, and same-store sales. We  expect to continue to evaluate and refresh these pricing adjustments across various items, categories and markets as needed. 

During 2016, we made significant progress with the rollout of other initiatives in 2013 included the addition of tobacco products;designed to increase customer traffic and sales, such as the expansion of coolers in existing stores, the numberexpansion of coolers for refrigeratedcertain product classes including health and frozen foodsbeauty care, party and beverages in over 1,600 existing stores; the optimization of shelf space, including the reduction of hanging apparel in many of our smaller stores;stationery, and the impact of 582 remodeled and relocated stores during the year. Inflation had a very modest impact on our sales in 2013 and 2012. In addition to same-store sales growth, we opened 650 new stores.

        Our second priority is to increase, or enhance, our gross profit rate. However, in early 2013, we made a strategic decision to add tobacco productsimprovement in our storesin-stock position. We plan to further this progress in 2017 with the primary goal of increasing customer traffic. The addition of tobacco products and the increased proportion of sales of perishables, largely resulting from our continued expansion of coolers, in the stores, both ledrollout of additional merchandising initiatives across all merchandise categories,  a continued focus on improving our in-stock position, and the addition of a queue line, similar to a decreasethat in our overall gross profit rateDG16 layout stores discussed below, in 2013.a portion of our existing store base.  We believewill continue to utilize our updated customer segmentation information, which has provided us with deeper insights into the spending habits for each of our core customer segments, to refine these initiatives and drive our category management process, as we optimize our assortment and expand into those products that bothare most likely to drive customer traffic to our stores.  We plan to enhance our advertising effectiveness in 2017 by further integrating our traditional and digital media mix, designed to ensure that we reach our target customers where, when and how they decide to engage with us while also targeting a higher return on investment. We also plan to continue investing in our existing store base through many of these merchandise classes are significant drivers oftargeted merchandising initiatives,  with a goal to drive increased customer traffic,  that should leadaverage transaction amount and same-store sales.

We demonstrate our commitment to increasesthe affordability needs of our core customer by pricing more than 80% of our stock-keeping units at $5 or less at the end of 2016.  However, as we work to average purchase amount. We expect the


improvement inprovide everyday low prices and meet our net sales from these initiatives will outweigh the corresponding reduction incustomers’ affordability needs, we also remain focused on enhancing our gross profit rate. In addition, we have ongoing efforts to reduce product costs includingmargins through effective category management, utilization ofinventory shrink reduction initiatives, private brands shrink reduction,penetration, efforts to improve distribution and transportation efficiencies, global sourcing, and additional improvements to our pricing and markdown business model, among others, while remaining committedoptimization. With respect to our everyday low price strategy. In our consumables category management, we strive to offer the optimal balance of the most popular nationally advertised brands and our own private brands, which generally have higher gross profit rates than national brands. We believe that our core customer is continuing to seek out and purchase goods at entry level price points and are doing so with greater frequency. Commodities cost inflation was minimal in 2013 and, in some instances, we experienced a decrease in such costs. Accordingly, overall price increases passed through to our customers were minimal. We remain committed to our seasonal, home, and apparel categories, and although consumables sales trends are weaker than we would like, we expect the growthmaintain an appropriate mix of consumables to continue to outpaceand non-consumables sales because, as noted above, the non-consumables categories again in 2014mix of sales affects profitability due to the anticipated continued economic pressures discussed above.

        Our third priority is leveraging process improvementsvarying gross margins between, and information technologyeven within, the consumables and non-consumables categories. To support our efforts to reduce costs.inventory shrink, we continue to implement additional in-store defensive merchandising and technology-based tools, such as Electronic Article Surveillance and video-enabled exception-based reporting in select stores. We are committed as an organizationstrive to balance these and other shrink reduction efforts with our efforts to improve our in-stock position. We seek to reduce costs, particularly selling, generalour stem miles and administrative expenses ("SG&A")optimize loads to improve distribution and transportation efficiencies.

To support our other operating priorities, we  remain focused on capturing growth opportunities and innovating within our channel. In 2016, we continued to expand our store count, opening 900 stores and remodeling or relocating 906 stores. In 2017, we intend to open approximately 1,000 stores and to relocate or remodel approximately 900 stores.

 We continue to innovate within our channel, and during 2016 we began implementing the DG16 store layout for all new stores, relocations and remodels. In addition, we also began testing a smaller format store (less than 6,000 square feet) which we believe could allow us to capture growth opportunities in metropolitan areas as well as rural areas with a low number of households.  In 2017, we plan to incorporate into a portion of our existing store base certain lessons learned from the DG16 layout and smaller format stores, as well those learned in connection with the conversion of the larger format former Walmart Express stores we acquired during 2016. To support our new store growth and drive productivity, we continue to make investments in our distribution center network. During 2016, we opened new distribution centers in Texas and Wisconsin. Our fifteenth distribution center in Jackson, Georgia is under construction with a goal to begin shipping from this facility in late 2017. We

26


Table of Contents

expect to break ground on our sixteenth distribution center in Amsterdam, New York in mid-2017 to support our northeast growth.

We have established a position as a low-cost operator, continuously seeking ways to reduce or control costs that do not affect the customerour customers’ shopping experience. In 2013, the most significant decrease in SG&AWe continued to enhance this position during 2016 through our zero-based budgeting initiative, streamlining our business while also reducing certain expenses as a percentage of sales. This initiative was successful in 2016, as evidenced by reductions in administrative payroll, advertising and certain other costs, and we believe this initiative has the momentum to assist in leveraging SG&A expenses at a lower same-store sales as compared to 2012 resulted from our failure to reach our 2013 threshold financial performance level required under our annual cash incentive compensation program, which would have reduced cash incentive compensation for eligible employees to zero. However,growth percentage over the Company will pay a nominal discretionary amount to members of this group who are not Company officers.long term.  In addition, we again successfully loweredremain committed to simplifying or eliminating store-level tasks and processes so that those time savings can be reinvested by our Store Managers and their teams in important areas such as enhanced customer service, higher in-stock levels, and improved store labor costs asstandards. 

Our employees are a percentage of sales,competitive advantage, and we are always searching for ways to continue investing in part, by simplifying various tasks performed in the stores. Going forward, we will continue to simplify or eliminate unnecessary workthem.  We invest in our stores and elsewhereemployees in the company and believe we have additional opportunitiesan effort to reduce costs through our focused procurement efforts. Certain costs, such as new legislation and regulations related to health care insurance requirements, present a unique challenge to our ability to leverage expenses. Because of the significance of the reduction in incentive compensation in 2013, compliance with certain provisions of the Affordable Care Act in 2014, and an increase in 2014 store occupancy costs resulting from the recent completion of a sale-leaseback transaction, we expect overall SG&A to be a higher percentage of sales in 2014 than in 2013.

        Our fourth priority is to strengthen and expand Dollar General's culture of serving others. For customers this means helping them "Save time. Save money. Every day!" by providing clean, well-stocked stores with quality products at low prices. For employees, this means creatingcreate an environment that attracts and retains keytalented personnel, as we believe that, particularly at the store level, employees throughout the organization. For the public,who are promoted from within generally have longer tenures and are greater contributors to improvements in our financial performance.  During 2016, these efforts helped to achieve our lowest level of store manager turnover in four years.  During 2017, we will build upon this means giving back tofoundation by investing approximately $70 million, primarily for increased compensation and training for our store communities throughmanagers, as well as strategic initiatives. Our store managers play a critical role in our charitablecustomer experience, and other efforts. For shareholders,we anticipate this means meetinginvestment in their expectations ofcompensation will contribute to improved customer experience scores, higher sales, lower shrink and improved turnover metrics.  The proposed changes to the overtime exemption regulations under the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) are subject to an efficientlyinjunction by a federal court and profitably run organization that operates with compassion and integrity.if such regulations were to be implemented, we likely will incur incremental SG&A expenses.

 Although

To further enhance shareholder return in 2017, we did not meet allplan to continue to repurchase shares of our financial goalscommon stock, although we expect to do so in 2013, oura lower amount than in 2016, and pay quarterly cash dividends, subject to Board discretion.

A continued focus on theseour four operating priorities as discussed above, coupled with strong cash flow management and share repurchases resulted in solid overall operating and financial performance in 20132016 as compared to 20122015, as follows.set forth below. Basis points, as referred to below, are equal to 0.01 percent of total sales.


27


Table of our refinancing in the first quarter of 2013. Total long-term obligations as of January 31, 2014 were $2.82 billion.

We reported net income of $1.03 billion, or $3.17 per diluted share, for fiscal 2013, compared to net income of $952.7 million, or $2.85 per diluted share, for fiscal 2012.

We generated approximately $1.21 billion of cash flows from operating activities in 2013, an increase of 7.2% compared to 2012. We primarily utilized our cash flows from operating activities to invest in the growth of our business and repurchase our common stock.

During 2013 we opened 650 new stores, remodeled or relocated 582 stores, and closed 24 stores.
Contents

·

The decrease in the effective income tax rate to 36.3% in 2016 from 37.1% in 2015 was due primarily to an accounting change related to share-based compensation.

 Also in 2013, we repurchased approximately 11.0 million shares of our outstanding common stock for $620.1 million, and we sold and leased back 233 of our stores, generating cash proceeds of $281.6 million and resulting in a deferred gain of $67.2 million that will be recognized over a period of 15 years.

·

We reported net income of $1.25 billion, or $4.43 per diluted share, for 2016, compared to net income of $1.17 billion, or $3.95 per diluted share, for 2015. Stock repurchase activity during 2015 and 2016 contributed to the increase in diluted earnings per share.

·

We generated approximately $1.61 billion of cash flows from operating activities in 2016, an increase of 15.3% compared to 2015. We primarily utilized our cash flows from operating activities to invest in the growth of our business, repurchase our common stock, and pay quarterly cash dividends.

·

Inventory turnover was 4.7 times on a rolling four-quarter basis. Inventories decreased 0.7% on a per store basis compared to 2015.

·

We opened 900 new stores, remodeled or relocated 906 stores, and closed 63 stores.

·

We repurchased approximately 12.4 million shares of our outstanding common stock for $990 million.

        In 2014, we plan to continue to focus on our four key operating priorities. We expect our sales growth in 2014 to again be driven by consumables as our customer continues to face both continuing and new economic challenges. We plan to focus our efforts on effectively serving our core customers' needs by providing them with the selections they want at the right price points in 2014.

        We made progress in 2013 on implementing an improved supply chain solution to assist in promotional and core inventory forecasting and ordering. We expect to make further progress in 2014, and eventually all of our SKUs will be managed through this solution. The supply chain solution is helping us improve our ordering processes in the stores and has contributed to our work simplification efforts and improvements in maintaining efficient inventory levels. We believe we have additional opportunities for work simplification and elimination in 2014.

        We are pleased with the performance of our 2013 new stores, remodels and relocations, and in 2014 we plan to open 700 new stores and to continue our ongoing remodel and relocation efforts.

        Finally, we plan to continue to repurchase shares of our common stock in 2014.

        Key Financial Metrics.    We have identified the following as our most critical financial metrics:


Readers should refer to the detailed discussion of our operating results below for additional comments on financial performance in the current year periods as compared with the prior year periods.

Results of Operations

Accounting Periods.The following text contains references to years 2013, 2012,2016, 2015, and 2011,2014, which represent fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, February 1, 2013, and February 3, 2012,2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. Fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were 52-week accounting periods and fiscal year 20112016 was a 53-week accounting period.period and fiscal years 2015 and 2014 were 52-week accounting periods.

        Seasonality.Seasonality.  The nature of our business is seasonal to a certain extent.somewhat seasonal. Primarily because of sales of holiday-relatedChristmas-related merchandise, sales in our fourth quarter (November, December and January) have historically been higher than sales achieved in each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year. Expenses, and to a greater extent operating profit, vary by quarter. Results of a period shorter than a full year may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year. Furthermore, the seasonal nature of our business may affect comparisons between periods. For more information about the seasonality of our business, see “Seasonality” included in Part 1, Item 1 of this report.


 

28


Table of Contents

The following table contains results of operations data for fiscal years 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, and the dollar and percentage variances among those years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


  
  
  
 2013 vs. 2012 2012 vs. 2011 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

2015 vs. 2014

 

(amounts in millions, except per share amounts)
 2013 2012 2011 Amount
Change
 % Change Amount
Change
 % Change 

(amounts in millions, except per share

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Amount

  

%

  

Amount

  

%

 

amounts)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

Change

 

Change

 

Change

 

Change

 

Net sales by category:

               

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumables

 $13,161.8 $11,844.8 $10,833.7 $1,317.0 11.1%$1,011.1 9.3%

 

$

16,798.9

 

$

15,457.6

 

$

14,321.1

 

$

1,341.3

 

8.7

%  

$

1,136.5

 

7.9

%  

% of net sales

 75.19% 73.93% 73.17%         

 

 

76.41

%  

 

75.89

%  

 

75.73

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seasonal

 2,259.5 2,172.4 2,051.1 87.1 4.0 121.3 5.9 

 

 

2,674.3

 

 

2,522.7

 

 

2,345.0

 

 

151.6

 

6.0

 

 

177.7

 

7.6

 

% of net sales

 12.91% 13.56% 13.85%         

 

 

12.16

%  

 

12.39

%  

 

12.40

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home products

 1,115.6 1,061.6 1,005.2 54.1 5.1 56.4 5.6 

 

 

1,373.4

 

 

1,289.4

 

 

1,205.4

 

 

84.0

 

6.5

 

 

84.1

 

7.0

 

% of net sales

 6.37% 6.63% 6.79%         

 

 

6.25

%  

 

6.33

%  

 

6.37

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Apparel

 967.2 943.3 917.1 23.9 2.5 26.2 2.9 

 

 

1,140.0

 

 

1,098.8

 

 

1,038.1

 

 

41.2

 

3.7

 

 

60.7

 

5.8

 

% of net sales

 5.53% 5.89% 6.19%         

 

 

5.18

%  

 

5.39

%  

 

5.49

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

               

Net sales

 $17,504.2 $16,022.1 $14,807.2 $1,482.0 9.2%$1,214.9 8.2%

 

$

21,986.6

 

$

20,368.6

 

$

18,909.6

 

$

1,618.0

 

7.9

%  

$

1,459.0

 

7.7

%  

Cost of goods sold

 12,068.4 10,936.7 10,109.3 1,131.7 10.3 827.4 8.2 

 

 

15,204.0

 

 

14,062.5

 

 

13,107.1

 

 

1,141.5

 

8.1

 

 

955.4

 

7.3

 

% of net sales

 68.95% 68.26% 68.27%         

 

 

69.15

%  

 

69.04

%  

 

69.31

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

               

Gross profit

 5,435.7 5,085.4 4,697.9 350.3 6.9 387.5 8.2 

 

 

6,782.6

 

 

6,306.1

 

 

5,802.5

 

 

476.5

 

7.6

 

 

503.6

 

8.7

 

% of net sales

 31.05% 31.74% 31.73%         

 

 

30.85

%  

 

30.96

%  

 

30.69

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 3,699.6 3,430.1 3,207.1 269.4 7.9 223.0 7.0 

 

 

4,719.2

 

 

4,365.8

 

 

4,033.4

 

 

353.4

 

8.1

 

 

332.4

 

8.2

 

% of net sales

 21.14% 21.41% 21.66%         

 

 

21.46

%  

 

21.43

%  

 

21.33

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

               

Operating profit

 1,736.2 1,655.3 1,490.8 80.9 4.9 164.5 11.0 

 

 

2,063.4

��

 

1,940.3

 

 

1,769.1

 

 

123.2

 

6.3

 

 

171.2

 

9.7

 

% of net sales

 9.92% 10.33% 10.07%         

 

 

9.39

%  

 

9.53

%  

 

9.36

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 89.0 127.9 204.9 (38.9) (30.4) (77.0) (37.6)

 

 

97.8

 

 

86.9

 

 

88.2

 

 

10.9

 

12.5

 

 

(1.3)

 

(1.5)

 

% of net sales

 0.51% 0.80% 1.38%         

 

 

0.44

%  

 

0.43

%  

 

0.47

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (income) expense

 18.9 30.0 60.6 (11.1) (37.0) (30.7) (50.6)

 

 

 —

 

 

0.3

 

 

 —

 

 

(0.3)

 

(100.0)

 

 

0.3

 

 —

 

% of net sales

 0.11% 0.19% 0.41%         

 

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

               

Income before income taxes

 1,628.3 1,497.4 1,225.3 130.9 8.7 272.1 22.2 

 

 

1,965.6

 

 

1,853.0

 

 

1,680.9

 

 

112.6

 

6.1

 

 

172.2

 

10.2

 

% of net sales

 9.30% 9.35% 8.27%         

 

 

8.94

%  

 

9.10

%  

 

8.89

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 603.2 544.7 458.6 58.5 10.7 86.1 18.8 

Income tax expense

 

 

714.5

 

 

687.9

 

 

615.5

 

 

26.6

 

3.9

 

 

72.4

 

11.8

 

% of net sales

 3.45% 3.40% 3.10%         

 

 

3.25

%  

 

3.38

%  

 

3.26

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

               

Net income

 $1,025.1 $952.7 $766.7 $72.5 7.6%$186.0 24.3%

 

$

1,251.1

 

$

1,165.1

 

$

1,065.3

 

$

86.1

 

7.4

%  

$

99.7

 

9.4

%  

% of net sales

 5.86% 5.95% 5.18%         

 

 

5.69

%  

 

5.72

%  

 

5.63

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

               
               

Diluted earnings per share

 $3.17 $2.85 $2.22 $0.32 11.2%$0.63 28.4%

 

$

4.43

 

$

3.95

 

$

3.49

 

$

0.48

 

12.2

%  

$

0.46

 

13.2

%  

               
               

Net Sales.Sales. The net sales increase in 20132016 reflects a same-store sales increase of 3.3%0.9% compared to 2012.2015, primarily due to an increase in average transaction amount accompanied by traffic that was essentially unchanged as compared to the prior year.  Same-store sales were affected by the factors discussed in the Executive Overview above. For 2013,2016, there were 10,38712,383 same-stores, which accounted for sales of $16.37$20.3 billion. Same-stores include stores that have been open for at least 13 months and remain open at the end of the reporting period. Changes in same-store sales are calculated based on the comparable calendar weeks in the prior year, and include stores that have been remodeled, expanded or relocated..relocated.  Same-store sales results reflect positive results in the consumables and home products categories, partially offset by negative results in our apparel and seasonal categories. Net sales for the 53rd week of 2016 totaled $398.7 million. The remainder of the increase in sales in 20132016 was attributable to new stores, partially offset by sales from closed stores.

The net sales increase in 2015 reflects a same-store sales increase of 2.8% compared to 2014. For 2015, there were 11,706 same-stores, which accounted for sales of $19.25 billion. The increase in sales reflects increasedincreases in both customer traffic and average transaction amounts. IncreasesSame-store sales results reflect positive results in all four of our product categories, with the greatest increases in sales of consumables outpaced our non-consumables, with sales of tobaccoand seasonal, followed by home products perishables, and candy


and snacks contributing the majority of the increase. Tobacco was added in the stores primarily during the first and second quarters. The expansion of coolers for perishables in over 1,600 existing stores was completed in the first half of the year while other initiatives, including space optimization in many of our smaller stores, were implemented throughout the year.

        The net sales increase in 2012 reflects a same-store sales increase of 4.7% compared to 2011. For 2012, there were 9,783 same-stores which accounted for sales of $14.99 billion.apparel. The remainder of the increase in sales in 20122015 was attributable to new stores, partially offset by sales from closed stores. The increase in sales reflects increased customer traffic and average transaction amounts, as a result

29


Table of the refinement of our merchandise offerings, improvements in our category management processes and store standards, and increased utilization of square footage in our stores. Increases in sales of consumables outpaced our non-consumables, with sales of snacks, candy, beverages and perishables contributing the majority of the increase throughout the year.Contents

Of our four major merchandise categories, the consumables category, which generally has a lower gross profit rate than the other three categories, has grown most significantly over the past several years. Because of the impact of sales mix on gross profit, we continually review our merchandise mix and strive to adjust it when appropriate.

Gross Profit.The gross profit rate as a percentage of sales was 31.1%30.8% in 2013 compared to 31.7% in 2012.2016. Gross profit increased by 6.9%7.6% in 2013,2016 as compared to 2015,  and as a percentage of sales, decreaseddeclined by 6911 basis points.points over the same period.  The majority of the gross profit rate decrease in 20132016 as compared to 2012 was due to2015 primarily reflects increased markdowns which were driven by promotional and inventory clearance activity,  sales of lower-margin consumables comprising a larger portiongreater proportion of our net sales, primarily as the result ofand increased sales of lower margin consumables including tobacco products and expanded perishables offerings, all of which contributed to lower initial inventory markups. In addition, we experienced a higher inventory shrinkage rate, partially attributable to the addition of certain consumable products with relatively higher retail prices. These factors wereshrink, partially offset by a reduction in net purchase costs on certain products. The Companyhigher initial inventory markups and lower transportation costs. We recorded a LIFO benefit of $11.0$12.2 million in 20132016 compared to a LIFO provisionbenefit of $1.4$2.3 million in 2012.2015. 

 

The gross profit rate as a percentage of sales was 31.7%31.0% in both 20122015 compared to 30.7% in 2014. Gross profit increased by 8.7% in 2015, and 2011. Factors favorably impacting ouras a percentage of sales, increased by 27 basis points. The gross profit rate include a significantlyincrease in 2015 as compared to 2014 primarily reflects lower LIFO provision, highertransportation costs and an improved rate of inventory markups, and improved transportation efficiencies due in part to a decrease in average miles per delivery enabled by our new distribution centers and other logistics initiatives. These positive factors wereshrinkage, partially offset by higher markdowns, a reduction in price increases and a modest increase in our inventory shrinkage rate compared to 2011. In addition, consumables, which generally have lower markups than non-consumables, represented a greater percentage of sales in 2012 than in 2011.increased markdowns. We recorded a LIFO provisionbenefit of $1.4$2.3 million in 20122015 compared to a $47.7LIFO provision of $4.2 million provision in 2011, primarily as a result of lower inflation on commodities.2014. 

SG&A. SG&A Expense.    SG&A expense was 21.1%21.5% as a percentage of sales in 2013 compared to 21.4%2016, increasing by 3 basis points over 2015. The 2016 results reflect increases in 2012, an improvement of 27 basis points. We had a significant decrease in incentive compensation expense, as 2013 financial performance did not satisfy certain performance requirements under our cash incentive compensation program. Retailretail labor expensecosts, which increased at a rate lowergreater than ourthe increase in sales. Declines in workers' compensation and general liability expenses also contributed to the overall decrease in SG&A expense as a percentage of sales. The above items werenet sales, partially offset by certainreductions in administrative payroll costs, that increased from 2012 to 2013 at a rate higher than ourincentive compensation expenses, and advertising costs. The 2016 results also reflect an increase in sales, including depreciation and amortization and fees associated with the increased volumedisaster-related expenses of customer purchases transacted with debit cards.$12.2 million over 2015, much of which was hurricane-related. 

 

SG&A expense was 21.4% as a percentage of sales in 20122015 compared to 21.7%21.3% in 2011,2014, an improvementincrease of 2510 basis points. Retail labor expense increased at a lower rate than our increaseThe 2015 results reflect increases in sales, partially due to ongoing benefits of our workforce management system coupled with savings due to various store work simplification initiatives. Also positively impacting SG&A expense was lower legal


settlementincentive compensation expenses, repairs and maintenance expenses, occupancy costs, in 2012 due to two legal matters settled in 2011 for a combined expense of $13.1 million and the impact of decreased expenses ($2.9 million in 2012 compared to $11.1 million in 2011) relating to secondary offerings of our common stock. Costs that increased at a rate higher than our sales increase include rent expense, fees associated with thean increase in debit card transactions. Partially offsetting these items was a higher volume of cash back transactions resulting in increased useconvenience fees collected from customers. The 2014 results reflect expenses of debit cards and depreciation expense, primarily$14.3 million, or 8 basis points as a percentage of sales, related to additions of certain store equipment and fixtures.an acquisition that was not completed.

Interest Expense.Expense    The decrease.  Interest expense increased $10.9 million to $97.8 million in interest expense in 20132016 compared to 2012 is2015 primarily due to lower all-inan increase in average debt outstanding and higher average interest rates primarily resulting from the completion of our refinancing in April 2013.rates. See the detailed discussion under "Liquidity“Liquidity and Capital Resources"Resources” regarding refinancingthe financing of various long-term obligations and the related effect on interestobligations. Interest expense decreased $1.3 million to $86.9 million in the periods presented.2015 compared to 2014.

 The decrease in interest expense in 2012 compared to 2011 is due to lower average outstanding long-term obligations, resulting from the redemption, repurchase and refinancing of indebtedness in 2012 and 2011 and lower all-in interest rates on our long-term obligations.

We had outstanding variable-rate debt of $0.14 billion$924.3 million and $1.39 billion$686.6 million as of February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013, respectively, after taking into consideration the impact of interest rate swaps.29, 2016, respectively.  The remainder of our outstanding indebtedness at February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 201329, 2016 was fixed rate debt.

        See the detailed discussion under "Liquidity and Capital Resources" regarding refinancing of various long-term obligations and the related effect on interest expense in the periods presented.

        Other (Income) Expense.Income Taxes    In 2013, we recorded pretax losses of $18.9 million resulting from the termination of our senior secured credit facilities. In 2012, we recorded pretax losses of $29.0 million resulting from the redemption of $450.7 million aggregate principal amount of our senior subordinated notes due 2017 plus accrued and unpaid interest. In 2011, we recorded pretax losses of $60.3 million resulting from repurchases and the redemption of $864.3 million aggregate principal amount of our senior notes due 2015 plus accrued and unpaid interest.

        Income Taxes.. The effective income tax rates for 2013, 2012,2016, 2015 and 20112014 were expenses of 37.0%36.3%, 36.4%,37.1% and 37.4%36.6%, respectively.

 

The effective income tax rate for 20132016 was 37.0%36.3% compared to a rate of 36.4%37.1% for 20122015 which represents a net decrease of 0.8 percentage points. The effective income tax rate was lower in 2016 due principally to the early adoption of a change in accounting guidance related to employee share-based payments requiring the recognition of excess tax benefits in the statement of income rather than in the balance sheet, as reported in prior years.

The effective income tax rate for 2015 was 37.1% compared to a rate of 36.6% for 2014 which represents a net increase of 0.60.5 percentage points. The 2012 amounts were favorably impacted by the resolution ofeffective income tax examinationsrate was lower in 2014 due principally to federal and state reserve releases in 2014 that did not reoccur, to the same extent, in 2013. This effective tax rate increase was partially offset by the recording2015.  As in prior years, we receive a

30


Table of an income tax benefit in 2013 associated with the expiration of the assessment period during which the taxing authorities could have assessed additional income tax associated with our 2009 tax year. In addition, 2013 reflects larger income tax benefits associated with federal jobs credits. We receive a Contents

significant income tax benefit related to wages paid to certain newly hired employees that qualify for federal jobs credits (principally the Work Opportunity Tax Credit or "WOTC"“WOTC”).  TheIn December 2015, Congress retroactively extended the federal law authorizing the WOTC credit has expired for employees hired afterthe period from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2013. In the past, when these credit provisions have expired, Congress has reenacted the law on a retroactive basis. It is uncertain as to whether (or when) WOTC credits will be retroactively renewed in this instance. The Company will receive credits in future periods for employees hired on or before December 31, 2013; however, in future periods the credit received will be significantly lower than what has been recognized in 2013 and prior years without WOTC reenactment.2019. 

 The 2012 effective tax rate of 36.4% was greater than the statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The 2012 effective tax rate of 36.4% was lower than the 2011 rate of 37.4% due primarily to the favorable resolution of a federal income tax examination during 2012.


        The 2011 effective tax rate of 37.4% was greater than the statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 The entities involved in the ownership structure underlying the leases for three of our distribution centers meet the accounting definition of a Variable Interest Entity ("VIE"). One of these distribution centers has been recorded as a financing obligation whereby its property and equipment are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets. The land and buildings of the other two distribution centers have been recorded as operating leases.

We are not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and, accordingly, have not included these entities in our consolidated financial statements. Other than the foregoing, we are not party to any material off balance sheet arrangements.

Effects of Inflation

 We

In 2016, we experienced little or no overall product cost inflationdeflation reflecting reductions in 2013 and 2012. In 2011, we experienced increased commodity cost pressures mainlycosts primarily related to food housewaresproducts. We experienced minimal overall commodity cost inflation or deflation in 2015 and apparel products which were driven by increases in cotton, sugar, coffee, groundnut, resin, petroleum and other commodity costs.2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Current Financial Condition and Recent Developments

 

During the past three years, we have generated an aggregate of approximately $3.39$4.3 billion in cash flows from operating activities and incurred approximately $1.62$1.4 billion in capital expenditures. During that period, we expanded the number of stores we operate by 1,760,2,188, representing growth of approximately 19%20%, and we remodeled or relocated 1,7492,702 stores, or approximately 16%20% of the stores we operated as of January 31, 2014. WeFebruary 3, 2017. In 2017, we intend to continue our current strategy of pursuing store growth, remodels and relocations in 2014.relocations.

 In April 2013,

At February 3, 2017, we consummated a refinancing pursuant to which we terminated our existing senior secured credit agreements, entered intohad a five-year $1.85$1.425 billion unsecured credit agreement, (the "Facilities"), and issuedwe had outstanding $2.3 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes withnotes. As further discussed below, during the third quarter of 2016, we established a face valuecommercial paper program that may provide borrowing availability of $1.3 billion, net of discount totaling $2.8 million.up to $1.0 billion. At January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, we had total outstanding debt (including the current portion of long-term obligations) of $2.82$3.2 billion, which includes balances under the Facilities,2015 Term Facility and 2015 Revolving Facility (each as defined below), commercial paper, and senior notes, all of which are described in greater detail below. We had $822.8$986.2 million available for borrowing under the Facilitiesunsecured credit agreement that, due to our intention to maintain borrowing availability related to the commercial paper program as described below, could contribute incremental liquidity of $495.7 million at January 31, 2014.February 3, 2017. We entered into an amended and restated credit agreement on February 22, 2017 as described further below. The information contained in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

We believe our cash flow from operations and existing cash balances, combined with availability under the Facilities (as defined below), the commercial paper program and access to the debt markets will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, and capital spending and anticipated dividend payments for a period that includes the next twelve months as well as the next several years.  However, our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity may be affected by numerous factors, many of which are outside of our control.  Depending on our liquidity levels, conditions in the capital markets and other factors, we may from time to time consider the issuance of debt, equity or other securities, the proceeds of which could provide additional liquidity for our operations.

Facilities

For the remainder of fiscal 2017, we anticipate potential borrowings under the unsecured revolving credit facility described below and our commercial paper program to be a maximum of approximately $750 million outstanding at any one time, including any anticipated borrowings to fund repurchases of common stock.

 The

Credit Facilities consist

On February 22, 2017, we entered into an unsecured amended and restated credit agreement (the “Facilities”), which consists of a $1.0 billion$175.0 million senior unsecured term loan facility (the "Term Facility"“Term Facility”) and an $850.0 milliona $1.25 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility"“Revolving Facility”) which provides for the issuance

31


Table of Contents

of letters of credit up to $250.0$175.0 million. We may request, subjectThe Term Facility is scheduled to mature on October 20, 2020 and the Revolving Facility is scheduled to mature on February 22, 2022. The Facilities replaced our previous unsecured credit agreement by one or more lenders, increased revolving commitments and/or incrementalwhich consisted of a $425.0 million senior unsecured term loan facilities in an aggregate amount of up to $150.0 million. The Facilities mature on April 11, 2018.


facility (the “2015 Term Facility”) and a $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2015 Revolving Facility”).

 

Borrowings under the Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable interest rate margin plus, at our option, either (a) LIBOR or (b) a base rate (which is usually equal to the prime rate). The applicable interest rate margin for borrowings as of January 31, 2014March 3, 2017 was 1.275%1.10% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.275%0.10% for base-rate borrowings.borrowings and the commitment fee rate is 0.15%. We also must also pay a facility fee, payable on any used and unused commitment amounts of the Facilities, and lettercustomary fees on letters of credit fees.issued under the Revolving Facility.  The applicable interest rate margins for borrowings, the facility fees and the letter of credit fees under the Facilities are subject to adjustment each quarterfrom time to time based on our long-term senior unsecured debt ratings. The weighted average all-in interest rate for borrowings under the Facilities was 1.88% as of March 3, 2017.

 The Term Facility will amortize in quarterly installments of $25.0 million, with the first such payment due on August 1, 2014, and the balance due at maturity.

The Facilities can be voluntarily prepaid in whole or in part at any time.time without penalty. There is no required amortization under the Facilities. The Facilities contain certaina number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, place limitations on the incurrence ofamong other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our (including our subsidiaries’) ability to: incur additional liens; change of business; mergers or sales ofsell all or substantially all of our assets; consummate certain fundamental changes or change in our lines of business; and incur additional subsidiary indebtedness, among other limitations.indebtedness. The Facilities also contain financial covenants that require the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio.  As of January 31, 2014,March 3, 2017, we were in compliance with all such covenants.  The Facilities also contain customary affirmativeevents of default. The terms of the Term Facility and the Revolving Facility are substantially similar to the terms of the 2015 Term Facility and the 2015 Revolving Facility, respectively, including financial covenants and events of default.

 

As of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, under the 2015 Revolving Facility, we had totalno outstanding borrowings and outstanding letters of credit of $49.9$13.8 million. In addition, as of February 3, 2017 we had outstanding letters of credit of $29.4 million $27.2 million of which were under the Revolving Facility.issued pursuant to separate agreements.

 For

Commercial Paper

On August 1, 2016, we established a commercial paper program under which we may issue unsecured commercial paper notes (the “CP Notes”).  Under this program, we may issue the remainderCP Notes from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 billion outstanding at any time.  The CP Notes have maturities of fiscal 2014, we anticipate potential borrowingsup to 364 days from the date of issue and rank equal in right of payment with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.  We intend to maintain available commitments under the Revolving Facility upin an amount at least equal to a maximumthe amount of approximately $300 millionCP Notes outstanding at any one time, including any anticipated borrowingstime.  We had $490.5 million of CP Notes outstanding at February 3, 2017 that were classified as long-term obligations in the consolidated balance sheet due to fund repurchasesour intent and ability to refinance these obligations as long-term debt, at a weighted average borrowing rate of common stock.1.0%. 

Senior Notes

 On July 12, 2012, we issued

We have $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2017 (the "2017“2017 Senior Notes"Notes”) which are scheduled to mature on July 15, 2017. Interest on the 2017 Senior Notes is payable in cash on January 15 and July 15 of each year, and commenced on January 15, 2013. On July 15, 2012, we used these net proceeds to redeem the remaining $450.7 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017.

        On April 11, 2013, as part of our refinancing, we issued2017; $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.875% senior notes due 2018 (the "2018“2018 Senior Notes"Notes”), net of discount of $0.5$0.1 million, which are scheduled to mature on April 15, 2018; and issued $900.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.25% senior notes due 2023 (the "2023“2023 Senior Notes"Notes”), net of discount of $2.4$1.6 million, which are scheduled to mature on April 15, 2023.2023; and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.150% senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Senior Notes”), net of discount of $0.7 million, which are scheduled to mature on November 1, 2025. Collectively, the 2017 Senior Notes, the 2018 Senior Notes, and the 2023 Senior Notes and the 2025 Senior Notes comprise the "Senior Notes"“Senior Notes”, each of which were issued pursuant to an indenture as modifiedsupplemented and amended by supplemental indentures relating to each series of Senior Notes (as so supplemented and amended, the "Senior Indenture"“Senior Indenture”).  Interest on the 2017 Senior Notes is

32


Table of Contents

payable in cash on January 15 and July 15 of each year. Interest on the 2018 Senior Notes and the 2023 Senior Notes is payable in cash on April 15 and October 15 of each year,year. Interest on the 2025 Senior Notes is payable in cash on May 1 and commenced on October 15, 2013.November 1 of each year. We expect to refinance the 2017 Senior Notes prior to their maturity utilizing proceeds from one or more of the issuance of additional senior notes, revolver borrowings or issuance of CP Notes.

 

We may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time at redemption prices set forth in the Senior Indenture. Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event, which is defined in the Senior Indenture, each holder of our Senior Notes has the right to require us to repurchase some or all of such holder'sholder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

 

The Senior Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, our ability (subject to certain exceptions) to consolidate, merge, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur or guarantee indebtedness secured by liens on any shares of voting stock of significant subsidiaries.


 

The Senior Indenture also provides for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on our Senior Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.

Sale-Leaseback Transactionpayable, as applicable.

 In January 2014 we consummated a transaction pursuant to which we sold and subsequently leased back the land, buildings and related improvements for 233 of our stores. This transaction resulted in cash proceeds of approximately $281.6 million. These proceeds may be utilized for customary business purposes including repurchases of our common stock.

Rating Agencies

 In March 2013, Moody's

On June 1, 2016, Moody’s Investors Service upgraded our senior unsecured debt rating to Baa2 from Baa3, from Ba2and on August 3, 2016, assigned to us a commercial paper rating of P-2 and affirmed our existing senior unsecured debt rating of Baa2, both with a stable outlook.  In April 2013,On August 4, 2016, Standard & Poor's upgradedPoor’s assigned to us a short-term corporate credit and commercial paper rating of A-2 and affirmed our existing long-term corporate credit and senior unsecured debt rating to BBB- from BB+ and reaffirmed our corporate debt rating of BBB-, bothBBB, all with a stable outlook. Our current credit ratings, as well as future rating agency actions, could (i) impact our ability to finance our operations on satisfactory terms; (ii) affect our financing costs; and (iii) affect our insurance premiums and collateral requirements necessary for our self-insured programs. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or improve our current credit ratings.

Interest Rate Swaps

 We

From time to time, we use interest rate swaps to minimize the risk of adverse changes in interest rates. These swaps are intended to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of high correlation between the derivative financial instrument and the underlying exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the financial instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying economic exposure. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our Facilities.Facilities and the CP Notes. At February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014,29, 2016, we had no outstanding interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $875.0 million.swaps. For more information see Item 7A, "Quantitative“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk"Risk” below.

Fair Value Accounting

33


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

 We have classified our interest rate swaps, as further discussed in Item 7A. below, in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, as the significant inputs to the overall valuations are based on market-observable data or information derived from or corroborated by market-observable data, including market-based inputs to models, model calibration to market-clearing transactions, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Where models are used, the selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends upon the contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. We use similar models to value similar instruments. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, and correlations of such inputs. For our derivatives, all of which trade in liquid markets, model inputs can generally be verified.

        We incorporate credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both our own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty's nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements of our derivatives. The credit valuation adjustments are calculated by determining the total expected exposure of the derivatives (which incorporates both the current and potential future exposure) and then applying each counterparty's credit spread to the applicable exposure. For derivatives with two-way exposure, such as interest rate swaps, the counterparty's credit spread is applied to our exposure to the counterparty, and our own credit spread is applied to the counterparty's exposure to us, and the net


credit valuation adjustment is reflected in our derivative valuations. The total expected exposure of a derivative is derived using market-observable inputs, such as yield curves and volatilities. The inputs utilized for our own credit spread are based on implied spreads from our publicly-traded debt. For counterparties with publicly available credit information, the credit spreads over LIBOR used in the calculations represent implied credit default swap spreads obtained from a third party credit data provider. In adjusting the fair value of our derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, we have considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees. Additionally, we actively monitor counterparty credit ratings for any significant changes.

        As of January 31, 2014, the net credit valuation adjustments had an insignificant impact on the settlement values of our derivative liabilities. Various factors impact changes in the credit valuation adjustments over time, including changes in the credit spreads of the parties to the contracts, as well as changes in market rates and volatilities, which affect the total expected exposure of the derivative instruments. When appropriate, valuations are also adjusted for various factors such as liquidity and bid/offer spreads, which factors we deemed to be immaterial as of January 31, 2014.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 31, 2014February 3, 2017 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 Payments Due by Period 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

Contractual obligations
 Total 1 year 1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years 5+ years 

    

Total

    

< 1 year

    

1 - 3 years

    

3 - 5 years

    

5+ years

 

Long-term debt obligations

 $2,814,495 $75,000 $200,305 $1,625,770 $913,420 

 

$

3,224,340

 

$

990,500

 

$

400,955

 

$

426,135

 

$

1,406,750

 

Capital lease obligations

 6,841 966 2,232 1,412 2,231 

 

 

3,643

 

 

950

 

 

957

 

 

728

 

 

1,008

 

Interest(a)

 437,655 75,536 146,249 92,050 123,820 

 

 

417,750

 

 

80,120

 

 

117,991

 

 

106,093

 

 

113,546

 

Self-insurance liabilities(b)

 232,483 86,056 90,688 32,614 23,125 

 

 

224,614

 

 

86,349

 

 

93,455

 

 

30,031

 

 

14,779

 

Operating leases(c)

 5,738,832 712,563 1,275,836 1,050,678 2,699,755 
           

Operating lease obligations(c)

 

 

8,123,628

 

 

961,786

 

 

1,794,920

 

 

1,510,735

 

 

3,856,187

 

Subtotal

 $9,230,306 $950,121 $1,715,310 $2,802,524 $3,762,351 

 

$

11,993,975

 

$

2,119,705

 

$

2,408,278

 

$

2,073,722

 

$

5,392,270

 

           

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments Expiring by Period

 

Commercial commitments(d)

    

Total

    

< 1 year

    

1 - 3 years

    

3 - 5 years

    

5+ years

 

Letters of credit

 

$

11,028

 

$

11,028

 

$

 —

 

$

 

$

 

Purchase obligations(e)

 

 

1,303,163

 

 

1,179,122

 

 

124,041

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

$

1,314,191

 

$

1,190,150

 

$

124,041

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments(f)

 

$

13,308,166

 

$

3,309,855

 

$

2,532,319

 

$

2,073,722

 

$

5,392,270

 

 
 Commitments Expiring by Period 
Commercial commitments(d)
 Total 1 year 1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years 5+ years 

Letters of credit

 $22,671 $22,671 $ $ $ 

Purchase obligations(e)

  783,407  725,984  40,749  16,674   
            

Subtotal

 $806,078 $748,655 $40,749 $16,674 $ 
            

Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments(f)

 $10,036,384 $1,698,776 $1,756,059 $2,819,198 $3,762,351 
            
            

(a)
Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, using 2013 year end rates. Variable rate long-term debt includes the balance of the senior revolving credit facility (which had a balance of zero as of January 31, 2014), the balance of our tax increment financing of $14.5 million, and the unhedged portion of the senior term loan facility of $125 million.

(b)
We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers' compensation, employee health insurance, general liability, property loss and automobile insurance. As these obligations do not have scheduled maturities, these amounts represent undiscounted estimates based upon actuarial assumptions. Reserves for workers' compensation and general liability which existed as of the date

(c)
Operating lease obligations are inclusive of amounts included in deferred rent in our consolidated balance sheets.

(d)
Commercial commitments include information technology license and support agreements, supplies, fixtures, letters of credit for import merchandise, and other inventory purchase obligations.

(e)
Purchase obligations include legally binding agreements for software licenses and support, supplies, fixtures, and merchandise purchases (excluding such purchases subject to letters of credit).

(f)
We have potential payment obligations associated with uncertain tax positions that are not reflected in these totals. We anticipate that approximately $3.6 million of such amounts will be paid in the coming year. We are currently unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the taxing authorities for our remaining $18.8 million of reserves for uncertain tax positions.

(a)

Represents obligations for interest payments on long‑term debt and capital lease obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long‑term debt, using 2016 year end rates and balances. Variable rate long‑term debt includes the 2015 Revolving Facility (although such facility had a balance of zero as of February 3, 2017), the CP Notes (which had a balance of $490.5 million as of February 3, 2017), the balance of an outstanding tax increment financing of $8.8 million, and the balance of the 2015 Term Facility of $425 million.

(b)

We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers’ compensation, employee health insurance, general liability, property loss and automobile insurance. As these obligations do not have scheduled maturities, these amounts represent undiscounted estimates based upon actuarial assumptions. Reserves for workers’ compensation and general liability which existed as of the date of a merger transaction in 2007 were discounted in order to arrive at estimated fair value. All other amounts are reflected on an undiscounted basis in our consolidated balance sheets.

(c)

Operating lease obligations are inclusive of amounts included in deferred rent in our consolidated balance sheets.

(d)

Commercial commitments include information technology license and support agreements, supplies, fixtures, letters of credit for import merchandise, and other inventory purchase obligations.

(e)

Purchase obligations include legally binding agreements for software licenses and support, supplies, fixtures, and merchandise purchases (excluding such purchases subject to letters of credit).

(f)

We have potential payment obligations associated with uncertain tax positions that are not reflected in these totals. We are currently unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the taxing authorities for the $4.8 million of reserves for uncertain tax positions.

Share Repurchase Program

 

On December 4, 2013, the Company'sAugust 24, 2016, our Board of Directors authorized a $1.0 billion increase to our existing common stock repurchase program. Theprogram, which had a total remaining authorization isof approximately $824$933 million at March 13, 2014.February 3,

34


Table of Contents

2017. Under the authorization, purchases may be made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time subject to market and other conditions, and theconditions. The authorization has no expiration date.date and may be modified or terminated from time to time at the discretion of our Board of Directors. For more detail about our share repurchase program, see Note 1311 to the consolidated financial statements.

Other Considerations

 We have not declared or paid recurring dividends subsequent to a merger transaction in 2007. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in

On March 15, 2017, the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend to shareholders of $0.26 per share which is payable on April 25, 2017 to shareholders of record on April 11, 2017, an increase of $0.01 per share over quarterly dividends paid in 2016. Although the Board currently intends to continue regular quarterly cash dividends, the payment of future cash dividends, and the amounts of any such dividends, are subject to the Board’s discretion and will depend on,upon, among other things,factors, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

 

Our inventory balance represented approximately 48%53% of our total assets exclusive of goodwill and other intangible assets as of January 31, 2014.February 3, 2017. Our ability to effectively manage our inventory balances can have a significant impact on our cash flows from operations during a given fiscal year. Inventory purchases are often somewhat seasonal in nature, such as the purchase of warm-weather or Christmas-related merchandise. Efficient management of our inventory has been and continues to be an area of focus for us.

 

As described in Note 87 to the consolidated financial statements, we are involved in a number of legal actions and claims, some of which could potentially result in material cash payments. Adverse developments in those actions could materially and adversely affect our liquidity. We also have certain income tax-related contingencies as disclosed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. Future negative developments could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.


Cash Flows

Cash flows

Cash flows from operating activities.Cash flows from operating activities were $1.6 billion in 2016, an increase of $213.4 million compared to 2015. Significant components of the increase in cash flows from operating activities in 20132016 compared to 20122015 include increased net income due primarily to increased sales and lower SG&A expenses, as a percentage of sales,operating profit in 20132016 as described in more detail above under "Results“Results of Operations."” Changes in merchandise inventories resulted in a reduction in working capital usage in 2016 compared to 2015 as described in greater detail below. Accounts payable increased by $56.5 million in 2016 compared to a $105.6 million increase in 2015, due primarily to the timing of merchandise receipts and related payments which were impacted by increases in payment terms. 

Cash flows from operating activities were $1.4 billion in 2015, an increase of $64.8 million compared to 2014. Significant components of the increase in cash flows from operating activities were related to changes in working capital, including Merchandise inventories, Accounts payable and Accrued expenses and other. The impact of the changes in inventory balances, which increased in both years but by a lesser amount in 20132015 compared to 2012, is explained2014 include increased net income due primarily to increased sales and operating profit in 2015 as described in more detail above under “Results of Operations.” Changes in merchandise inventories resulted in an increased use of working capital, growing by a greater amount in 2015 compared to 2014 as described in greater detail below. Items positively affecting Accrued expenses and other includeAccounts payable increased by $105.6 million in 2015 compared to a $97.2 million increase in 2014, due primarily to the timing of accrualsmerchandise receipts and payments for legal settlements and non-income taxes (primarily sales taxes), and the adjustment of accruals during 2012 resulting from the favorable resolution of income tax examinations which did not recur in 2013. Partially offsetting the positive impact of the items discussed above were reduced incentive compensation accruals, increased cash payments for income taxes, and changes in Accounts payable, which are affected by the timing and mix of merchandise purchases, the most significant category of which were domestic purchases.related payments.

 

On an ongoing basis, we closely monitor and manage our inventory balances, and they may fluctuate from period to period based on new store openings, the timing of purchases, and other factors. Merchandise inventories increased by 7% during 2013, compared to a 19% increase6% in 2012. The percentage increase2016, by 10% in inventories2015, and by 9% in 2013 was less than the prior year due to our emphasis on more effective inventory management and our related efforts to control shrink.2014. Inventory levels in the consumables category increased by $168.0$54.5 million, or 3% in 2016, by $218.4 million, or 13%, in 2015, and by $178.4 million, or 12%, in 2013 compared to an increase of $245.7 million, or 22%, in 2012.2014. The seasonal category increased by $79.5 million, or 15%, in 2016, by $63.2 million, or 13%, in 2015, and by $13.8 million, or 3%, in 2014. The home products category increased by $40.8 million, or 14%, in 2016, by $12.8 million, or 5%, in 2015, and was essentially unchanged in 2014. The apparel category increased by

35


Table of Contents

$9.9 million, or 3%, in 2016, decreased by $4.7$2.7 million, or 1%, in 2013 compared to an increase of $70.2 million, or 18%, in 2012. The home products category increased $22.0 million, or 9%, in 2013 compared to an increase of $56.2 million, or 29%, in 2012. The apparel category decreased by $29.5 million, or 9%, in 2013 compared to an increase of $16.0 million, or 5%, in 2012.

        Significant components of the increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2012 compared to 2011 include increased net income due primarily to increased sales2015, and lower SG&A expenses, as a percentage of sales, in 2012 as described in more detail above under "Results of Operations." A portion of the changes in Prepaid and other current assets as well as Accrued expenses and other reflect the activity associated with a legal settlement accrued in 2011 for which payments were made in 2012. Changes in Accrued expenses and other were also affected by higher sales tax accruals at the end of 2011 and the adjustment of accruals during 2012 due to the favorable resolution of income tax examinations. The reclassification of the tax benefit of stock options to cash flows from financing activities was higher in 2012 due to an increase in stock options exercised. Changes in Accounts payable were due to increased merchandise purchases as discussed in more detail below, the most significant category of which were domestic purchases.

        In addition, our inventories increased by 19% during 2012, compared to a 14% increase in 2011. The increase in inventories in 2012 was due to several factors including new items introduced in 2012, the receipt during 2012 of certain items related to our 2013 merchandising initiatives, and the emphasis on improved presentation levels of select merchandise categories. Inventory levels in the consumables category increased by $245.7 million, or 22%, in 2012 compared to an increase of $132.3$37.1 million, or 13%, in 2011. The seasonal category increased by $70.2 million, or 18%, in 2012 compared to an increase of $27.5 million, or 7%, in 2011. The home products category increased $56.2 million, or 29%, in 2012 compared to an increase of $24.6 million, or 14%, in 2011. The apparel category increased by $16.0 million, or 5%, in 2012 compared to an increase of $59.4 million, or 24%, in 2011.2014.

Cash flows from investing activities.activities    Cash expenditures for purchases of property and equipment decreased by 5.8% from 2012 to 2013.. Significant components of property and equipment purchases in


2013 2016 included the following approximate amounts: $187$201 million for distribution and transportation-related projects; $168 million for improvements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $124$120 million for new leased stores; $112 million for distribution centers, which included a significant portion of the construction cost of a distribution center in Pennsylvania; $76$38 million for stores purchased or built by us; and $28$26 million for information systems upgrades and technology-related projects. The timing of new, remodeled and relocated store openings along with other factors may affect the relationship between such openings and the related property and equipment purchases in any given period. During 2013,2016, we opened 650900 new stores and remodeled or relocated 582906 stores. Our sale-leaseback transaction which we consummated in January 2014 for 233 of our stores resulted in proceeds from the sale of these properties of approximately $281.6 million. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources"

 

Significant components of property and equipment purchases in 20122015 included the following approximate amounts: $155 million for new leased stores; $151$168 million for improvements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $132$144 million for distribution and transportation-related projects; $99 million for new leased stores; $53 million for stores purchased or built by us; $83and $34 million for distribution centers; $27 million for systems-related capital projects;information systems upgrades and $17 million for transportation-relatedtechnology-related projects. During 2012,2015, we opened 625730 new stores and remodeled or relocated 592881 stores.

 

Significant components of property and equipment purchases in 20112014 included the following approximate amounts: $153$127 million for improvements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $120 million for distribution centers, including costs associated with the construction of a distribution center in Alabama; $114$102 million for new leased stores; $80$64 million for distribution and transportation-related projects; $38 million for stores purchased or built by us; $28and $35 million for systems-related capital projects;information systems upgrades and $15 million for transportation-relatedtechnology-related projects. During 2011,2014, we opened 625700 new stores and remodeled or relocated 575915 stores.

 

Capital expenditures during 20142017 are projected to be in the range of $450-$500$650 to $700 million. We anticipate funding 20142017 capital requirements with existing cash balances, cash flows from operations, and if necessary, as of January 31, 2014, we also have significant availability under our Revolving Facility.Facility and the issuance of CP Notes. We plan to continue to invest in store growth and development of approximately 7001,000 new stores and approximately 500900 stores to be remodeled or relocated. Capital expenditures in 20142017 are anticipated to support our store growth as well as our remodel and relocation initiatives, including capital outlays for leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment; the construction of new stores; costs to support and enhance our supply chain initiatives including new and existing distribution center facilities; technology initiatives; and alsoas well as routine and ongoing capital requirements.

Cash flows from financing activities.activities    The 2013 cash flows from financing activities reflect our refinancing in April 2013, including the issuance of long-term obligations which includes the $1.0 billion unsecured Term Facility and the issuance of Senior Notes totaling approximately $1.3 billion. Proceeds from these transactions were used to extinguish our previous secured term loan and revolving credit facilities which had balances of $1.96 billion and $155.6 million at termination. Net repayments under the Revolving Facility were $130.9 million during 2013. We paid debt issuance costs and hedging fees totaling $29.2 million in 2013 related to the refinancing. Also in 2013,. In 2016, we repurchased 11.012.4 million outstanding shares of our common stock at a total cost of $620.1$990.5 million.  Net repayments under the 2015 Revolving Facility during 2016 were $251.0 million. We had net commercial paper borrowings during 2016 of $490.5 million. We also paid cash dividends of $281.1 million.

 

In 20122015, we repurchased 14.417.6 million outstanding shares of our common stock at a total cost of $671.4 million. In July 2012, we issued$1.3 billion. We made repayments of $500.0 million aggregate principal amounton our term loan facilities, and had proceeds of 4.125% senior notes due 2017. Also in July 2012, we redeemed$499.2 million from the remaining aggregate principal amountissuance of senior subordinated notes due 2017 at a redemption price of 105.938% of the principal amount thereof, resulting in a cash outflow of $477.5 million.notes.  Net borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facilityfacilities during 2015 were $101.8 million during 2012.$251.0 million. We also paid cash dividends of $258.3 million.

 

In July 2011, we redeemed $839.3 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding senior notes due 2015 at total cost of $883.9 million including associated premiums, and in April 2011,2014, we repurchased in the open market $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2015 at a


total cost of $26.8 million including associated premiums. A portion of the July 2011 redemption of senior notes due 2015 was financed by borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility. Net borrowings under such facility were $184.7 million during 2011. In December 2011, we repurchased 4.914.1 million outstanding shares of our common stock at a total cost of $185.0$800.1 million. We made repayments of $75.0 million on our term loan facility. Borrowings and repayments under our revolving credit facilities during the 2014 period were the same amount, resulting in no net increase to amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility during 2014.

Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued comprehensive new accounting standards related to the recognition of revenue, which specified an effective date for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption not permitted. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with earlier adoption

36


Table of Contents

permitted only for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The new guidance allows companies to use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach in the adoption of this guidance. We have formed a project team to assess and implement the standard by compiling a list of the applicable revenue streams, evaluating relevant contracts and comparing our current accounting policies to the new standard. As a result of the efforts of this project team, we have identified customer incentives and gross versus net considerations as the areas in which we could most likely be affected by the new guidance. We are continuing to assess all the impacts of the new standard and the design of internal control over financial reporting, but based upon the terms of our agreements and the materiality of the transactions related to customer incentives and gross versus net considerations, we do not expect the adoption to have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We expect to complete this work in 2017 and to adopt this guidance on February 3, 2018.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to lease accounting, which when effective will require a dual approach for lessee accounting under which a lessee will account for leases as finance leases or operating leases. Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the lessee recognizing a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on its balance sheet, with differing methodology for income statement recognition. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective approach is required for all leases existing or entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in the consolidated financial statements. We are currently assessing the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements and we are anticipating a material impact because we are party to a significant number of lease contracts.

In October 2016, the FASB issued amendments to existing guidance related to accounting for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. These amendments require an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of such transfers when the transfer occurs and affects our historical accounting for intra-entity transfers of certain intangible assets. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted subject to certain guidelines. The amendments should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. We are currently assessing the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements, but expect such adoption will result in an increase in deferred income tax liabilities and a decrease in retained earnings.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAPGAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. In addition to the estimates presented below, there are other items within our financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical as defined below. We believe these estimates are reasonable and appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used, the resulting changes could have a material effect on the financial statements taken as a whole.

 

Management believes the following policies and estimates are critical because they involve significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the disclosures presented below relating to those policies and estimates. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of our principal accounting policies.

Merchandise Inventories.Inventories. Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market ("LCM"(“LCM”) with cost determined using the retail last in, first out ("LIFO"(“LIFO”) method.  We use the retail inventory method ("RIM"(“RIM”) to calculate gross profit and the resulting valuation of inventories at cost, which are computed by applyingutilizing a calculated cost-to-retail inventory ratio to the retail value of sales at aan inventory department level. TheWe apply the RIM is an averaging methodto these departments,

37


Table of Contents

which are groups of products that has been widely usedare fairly uniform in the retail industry due to its practicality. Also, the useterms of thecost, selling price relationship and turnover. The RIM will result in valuing inventories at LCM if permanent markdowns are currently taken as a reduction of the retail value of inventories. Inherent in the retail inventory method calculation are certain significant management judgments and estimates including, among others, initial markups, markdowns, and shrinkage, which significantlythat may impact the gross profit calculation as well as the ending inventory valuation at cost. These significant estimates, coupled withcost, as well as the fact that the RIM is an averaging process, can, under certain circumstances, produce distorted cost figures. Factors that can lead to distortion in the calculation of the inventory balance include:

markdowns needed to sell inventory. 

 Factors that reduce potential distortion include the use of historical experience in estimating the shrink provision (see discussion below) and

We perform an annual LIFO analysis whereby all SKUsmerchandise units are considered for inclusion in the index formulation. An actual valuation of inventory under the LIFO method is made at the end of each year based on the inventory levels and costs at that time. Accordingly,In contrast, interim LIFO calculations are based on management'smanagement’s annual estimates of expectedsales, the rate of inflation or deflation, and year-end inventory levels, sales for the year and the expected rate of inflation/deflation for the year and are thus subject to adjustment in the final year-end LIFO inventory valuation.levels. We also perform interim inventory analysisanalyses for determining obsolete inventory. Our policy is to write down inventory, adjusting inventory on a quarterly basis to an LCM value based on various management assumptions including estimated below cost markdowns and salesnot yet recorded, but required to liquidate such


inventory in future periods. Inventory is reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted to reflect write-downs as appropriate.

 

Factors such as slower inventory turnover due toconsidered in the determination of markdowns include current and anticipated demand based on changes in competitors'competitors’ practices, consumer preferences, consumer spending and unseasonable weather patterns, among otherpatterns. Certain of these factors could cause excess inventory requiringare outside of our control and may result in greater than estimated markdowns to entice consumer purchases resultingof excess inventory. The amount and timing of markdowns may vary significantly from year to year.

We perform physical inventories in virtually all of our stores on an unfavorable impact on our consolidated financial statements. Sales shortfalls due to the above factors could cause reduced purchases from vendors and associated vendor allowances that would also result in an unfavorable impact on our consolidated financial statements.

annual basis. We calculate our shrink provision based on actual physical inventory results during the fiscal period and an accrual for estimated shrink occurring subsequent to a physical inventory through the end of the fiscal reporting period. This accrual is calculated as a percentage of sales at each retail store, at a department level, and is determined by dividingbased on the book-to-physical inventory adjustments recorded during the previous twelve months by the related sales for the same period for each store.store’s most recent historical shrink rate. To the extent that subsequent physical inventories yield different results than thisthe estimated accrual, our effective shrink rate for a given reporting period will include the impact of adjusting the estimated results to the actual results. Although we perform physical inventories in virtually all of our stores on an annual basis, the same stores do not necessarily get counted in the same reporting periods from year to year, which could impact comparability in a given reporting period.

 

We believe our estimates and assumptions related to the application of the RIM results in a merchandise inventories have generally been accurate in recent years and we do not currently anticipate material changes in these estimates and assumptions.inventory valuation that reasonably approximates cost on a consistent basis.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.The qualitative and quantitative assessments related to the valuation and any potential impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets are each subject to judgments and/or assumptions. Significant judgments required in theThe analysis of qualitative factors may include determining the appropriate factors to consider and the relative importance of those factors along with other assumptions. SignificantIf required, judgments required in the quantitative testing process may include projecting future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates, correctly applying valuation techniques, correctly computing the implied fair value of goodwill if necessary, and other assumptions. Future cash flow projections are based on management'smanagement’s projections and represent best estimates taking into account recent financial performance, market trends, strategic plans and other available information, which in recent years have been materially accurate. Although not currently anticipated, changesChanges in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value or impairment.impairment, however, such a conclusion is not indicated by recent analyses. Future indicators of impairment could result in an asset impairment charge. If these judgments or assumptions are incorrect or flawed, the analysis could be negatively impacted.

 

Our most recent testingevaluation of our goodwill and indefinite lived trade name intangible assets was completed during the third quarter of 2013.2016. No indicators of impairment were evident and no assessment of or adjustment to these assets was required. We are not currently projecting a decline in cash flows that could be expected to have an adverse effect such as a violation of debt covenants or future impairment charges.

Property and Equipment.Equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost. We group our assets into relatively homogeneous classes and generally provide for depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated average useful life of each asset class, except for leasehold improvements, which are amortized over the lesser of

38


Table of Contents

the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Certain store and warehouse fixtures, when fully depreciated, are removed from the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization accounts. The valuation and classification of these assets and the assignment of depreciable lives involves significant judgments and the use of estimates, which we believe have been materially accurate in recent years.


Impairment of Long-lived Assets.Impairment of long-lived assets results when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by the assets. Our estimate of undiscounted future store cash flows is based upon historical operations of the stores and estimates of future profitability which encompasses many factors that are subject to variability and are difficult to predict. If our estimates of future cash flows are not materially accurate, our impairment analysis could be impacted accordingly. If a long-lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the carrying value and the asset'sasset’s estimated fair value. The fair value is estimated based primarily upon projected future cash flows (discounted at our credit adjusted risk-free rate) or other reasonable estimates of fair market value in accordance with U.S. GAAP.value. Although not currently anticipated, changes in these estimates, assumptions or projections could materially affect the determination of fair value or impairment.

Insurance Liabilities.Liabilities. We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers'workers’ compensation, employee health, property loss, automobile and general liability.liability claims. These represent significant costs primarily due to our large employee base and number of stores. Provisions are made for these liabilities on an undiscounted basisbasis. Certain of these liabilities are based on actual claim data and estimates of incurred but not reported claims developed using actuarial methodologies based on historical claim trends, which have been and are anticipated to continue to be materially accurate. If future claim trends deviate from recent historical patterns, or other unanticipated events affect the number and significance of future claims, we may be required to record additional expenses or expense reductions, which could be material to our future financial results.

Contingent Liabilities—Liabilities – Income Taxes. Income tax reserves are determined using the methodology established by accounting standards relating to uncertainty in income taxes. These standards require companies to assess each income tax position taken using a two-step process. A determination is first made as to whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, based upon the technical merits, upon examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is expected to meet the more likely than not criteria, the benefit recorded for the tax position equals the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the respective tax position. Uncertain tax positions require determinations and liabilities to be estimated based on provisions of the tax law which may be subject to change or varying interpretation. If our determinations and estimates prove to be inaccurate, the resulting adjustments could be material to our future financial results.

Contingent Liabilities—Liabilities - Legal Matters.Matters.We are subject to legal, regulatory and other proceedings and claims. We establish liabilities as appropriate for these claims and proceedings based upon the probability and estimability of losses and to fairly present, in conjunction with the disclosures of these matters in our financial statements and SEC filings, management'smanagement’s view of our exposure. We review outstanding claims and proceedings with external counsel to assess probability and estimates of loss, which includes an analysis of whether such loss estimates are probable, reasonably possible, or remote. We re-evaluate these assessments on a quarterly basis or as new and significant information becomes available to determine whether a liability should be established or if any existing liability should be adjusted. The actual cost of resolving a claim or proceeding ultimately may be substantially different than the amount of the recorded liability. In addition, because it is not permissible under U.S. GAAP to establish a litigation liability until the loss is both probable and estimable, in some cases there may be insufficient time to establish a liability prior to the actual incurrence of the loss (upon verdict and judgment at trial, for example, or in the case of a quickly negotiated settlement).

Lease Accounting and Excess Facilities.Facilities. Many of our stores are subject to build-to-suit arrangements with landlords, which typically carry a primary lease term of up to 15 years with multiple renewal options. We also have stores subject to shorter-term leases and many of these leases have renewal options. Certain of our stores have provisions for contingent rentals based upon a percentage of defined sales volume. We recognize contingent rental expense when the achievement of specified


sales targets is considered probable. We record minimum rental

39


Table of Contents

expense on a straight-line basis over the base, non-cancelable lease term commencing on the date that we take physical possession of the property from the landlord, which normally includes a period prior to store opening to make necessary leasehold improvements and install store fixtures. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, we recognize the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and record the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Tenant allowances, to the extent received, are recorded as deferred incentive rent and amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease. We reflect as a liability any difference between the calculated expense and the amounts actually paid. Improvements of leased properties are amortized over the shorter of the life of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Share-Based Payments.Payments. Our share-based stock option awards are valued on an individual grant basis using the Black-Scholes-Merton closed form option pricing model. We believe that this model fairly estimates the value of our share-basedstock option awards. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the valuation of stock options, which affects compensation expense related to these options. These assumptions include the term that the options are expected to be outstanding, the historical volatility of our stock price, applicable interest rates and the dividend yield of our stock. Other factors involving judgments that affect the expensing of share-based payments include estimated forfeiture rates of share-based awards. Historically, these estimates have not been materially inaccurate;accurate; however, if our estimates differ materially from actual experience, we may be required to record additional expense or reductions of expense, which could be material to our future financial results.

Fair Value Measurements. Accounting standards for the measurement of fair value of assets and liabilities establish a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity'sentity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy). Therefore, Level 3 inputs are typically based on an entity'sentity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity, and thus require the use of significant judgment and estimates. Currently, we have no assets or liabilities that are valued based solely on Level 3 inputs.

 

Our fair value measurements are primarily associated with our derivative financial instruments, intangible assets,outstanding debt instruments, and to a lesser degree our investments.instruments. We use various valuation models in determining the values of these assets and liabilities. The application of these models involves assumptions such as discounted cash flow analysis and interest rate curvesWe believe that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the fair value computations. In recent years these methodologies have produced materially accurate valuations.

        Derivative Financial Instruments.    In addition to estimating the fair value

40


Table of derivatives as discussed above, we also bear the risk that certain derivative instruments that have been designated as hedges and currently meet the strict hedge accounting requirements may not qualify in the future as "highly effective," as defined, as well as the risk that hedged transactions in cash flow hedging relationships may no longer be considered probable to occur. If hedge accounting were disallowed it could cause greater volatility in our results of operations. Further, new regulations, accounting standards, and related interpretations pertaining to these instruments may be issued in the future, and we cannot predict the possible impact that such requirements may have on our use of derivative instruments.Contents


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial Risk Management

 

We are exposed to market risk primarily from adverse changes in interest rates, and to a lesser degree commodity prices. To minimize this risk, we may periodically use financial instruments, including derivatives. All derivative financial instrument transactions must be authorized and executed pursuant to approval by the Board of Directors. As a matter of policy, we do not buy or sell financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes, and any such derivative financial instruments are intended to be used to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of high correlation between theOur objective is to correlate derivative financial instrumentinstruments and the underlying exposure being hedged, so that fluctuations in the value of the financial instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying economic exposure.

Interest Rate Risk

 

We manage our interest rate risk through the strategic use of fixed and variable interest rate debt and, from time to time, derivative financial instruments. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our unsecured debt Facilities.facilities as well as our commercial paper program. As of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, we had variable rate borrowings of $1.0 billion$425 million under our 2015 Term Facility, borrowings of $490.5 million under our commercial paper program, and no borrowings outstanding under our 2015 Revolving Facility. In order to mitigate a portion of the variable rate interest exposure under the Facilities,credit facilities, in prior years we have entered into various interest rate swaps. As of February 3, 2017, no such interest rate swaps were outstanding and, as a result, we are exposed to fluctuations in recent years.variable interest rates under the credit facilities and our commercial paper program. For a detailed discussion of our Facilities,credit facilities and our commercial paper program, see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

 Currently, we are counterparty to certain interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $875.0 million entered into in May 2012 in order to mitigate a portion of the variable rate interest exposure under the Facilities. These swaps are scheduled to mature in May 2015. Under the terms of these agreements we swapped one month LIBOR rates for fixed interest rates, resulting in the payment of an all-in fixed rate of 1.86% on a notional amount of $875.0 million. Such all-in rate was reduced in 2013 due to a reduction in the underlying applicable margin on our Term Facility as a result of the refinancing of outstanding indebtedness as discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

A change in interest rates on variable rate debt impacts our pre-tax earnings and cash flows; whereas a change in interest rates on fixed rate debt impacts the economic fair value of debt but not our pre-tax earnings and cash flows. Our interest rate swaps qualify for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges. Therefore, changes in market fluctuations related to the effective portion of these cash flow hedges do not impact our pre-tax earnings until the accrued interest is recognized on the derivatives and the associated hedged debt. Based on our variable rate borrowing levels and interest rate swaps outstanding as of February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013, respectively,29, 2016, the annualized effect of a one percentage point increase in variable interest rates would have resulted in a pretax reduction of our earnings and cash flows of approximately $1.4$9.2 million in 20132016 and $13.9$6.9 million in 2012.2015.

        To mitigate our interest rate risk on our planned issuance

41


Table of 10-year senior notes, we entered into six treasury locks that were designated as cash flow hedges during the period from March 20, 2013 to March 27, 2013. Such instruments had a combined notional amount of $700.0 million and a weighted-average 10-year U.S. Treasury rate of 1.94%. The issuance of the 2023 Senior Notes occurred on April 11, 2013, and the related settlement of the treasury locks resulted in a loss of $13.2 million that was deferred to Other comprehensive income. For more information, see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.Contents

        Market conditions and periodic uncertainties in the global credit markets may increase the credit risk of counterparties to our swap agreements. In the event such counterparties fail to perform under our swap agreements and we are unable to enter into new swap agreements on terms favorable to us, our ability to effectively manage our interest rate risk may be materially impaired. We attempt to


manage counterparty credit risk by periodically evaluating the financial position and creditworthiness of such counterparties, monitoring the amount for which we are at risk with each counterparty, and where possible, dispersing the risk among multiple counterparties. There can be no assurance that we will manage or mitigate our counterparty credit risk effectively.


ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Dollar General Corporation

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries as of February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders'shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2014.February 3, 2017. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company'sCompany’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries at February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries'subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—IntegratedControl-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992(2013 framework) and our report dated March 20, 201424, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Nashville, Tennessee
March 20, 2014


Nashville, Tennessee

March 24, 2017


42


Table of Contents


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

February 3,

    

January 29,

 


 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 

 

2017

 

2016

 

ASSETS

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $505,566 $140,809 

 

$

187,915

 

$

157,947

 

Merchandise inventories

 2,552,993 2,397,175 

 

 

3,258,785

 

 

3,074,153

 

Income taxes receivable

 

 

11,050

 

 

6,843

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 147,048 139,129 

 

 

220,021

 

 

193,467

 

     

Total current assets

 3,205,607 2,677,113 

 

 

3,677,771

 

 

3,432,410

 

     

Net property and equipment

 2,080,305 2,088,665 

 

 

2,434,456

 

 

2,264,062

 

     

Goodwill

 4,338,589 4,338,589 

 

 

4,338,589

 

 

4,338,589

 

     

Other intangible assets, net

 1,207,645 1,219,543 

 

 

1,200,659

 

 

1,200,994

 

     

Other assets, net

 35,378 43,772 

 

 

20,823

 

 

21,830

 

     

Total assets

 $10,867,524 $10,367,682 

 

$

11,672,298

 

$

11,257,885

 

     
     

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

     

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term obligations

 $75,966 $892 

 

$

500,950

 

$

1,379

 

Accounts payable

 1,286,484 1,261,607 

 

 

1,557,596

 

 

1,494,225

 

Accrued expenses and other

 368,578 357,438 

 

 

500,866

 

 

467,122

 

Income taxes payable

 59,148 95,387 

 

 

63,393

 

 

32,870

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

2,622,805

 

 

1,995,596

 

Long-term obligations

 

 

2,710,576

 

 

2,969,175

 

Deferred income taxes

 21,795 23,223 

 

 

652,841

 

 

639,955

 

     

Total current liabilities

 1,811,971 1,738,547 
     

Long-term obligations

 2,742,788 2,771,336 
     

Deferred income taxes

 614,026 647,070 
     

Other liabilities

 296,546 225,399 

 

 

279,782

 

 

275,283

 

     

Commitments and contingencies

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity:

 
 
 
 
 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, 1,000 shares authorized

   

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Common stock; $0.875 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 317,058 and 327,069 shares issued and outstanding at January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013, respectively

 277,424 286,185 

Common stock; $0.875 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 275,212 and 286,694 shares issued and outstanding at February 3, 2017 and January 29, 2016, respectively

 

 

240,811

 

 

250,855

 

Additional paid-in capital

 3,009,226 2,991,351 

 

 

3,154,606

 

 

3,107,283

 

Retained earnings

 2,125,453 1,710,732 

 

 

2,015,867

 

 

2,025,545

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 (9,910) (2,938)

 

 

(4,990)

 

 

(5,807)

 

     

Total shareholders' equity

 5,402,193 4,985,330 
     

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 $10,867,524 $10,367,682 
     
     

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

5,406,294

 

 

5,377,876

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

11,672,298

 

$

11,257,885

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


43


Table of Contents


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 


 For the Year Ended 

    

 

February 3,

    

January 29,

    

January 30,

 


 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Net sales

 $17,504,167 $16,022,128 $14,807,188 

 

 

$

21,986,598

 

$

20,368,562

 

$

18,909,588

 

Cost of goods sold

 12,068,425 10,936,727 10,109,278 

 

 

 

15,203,960

 

 

14,062,471

 

 

13,107,081

 

       

Gross profit

 5,435,742 5,085,401 4,697,910 

 

 

 

6,782,638

 

 

6,306,091

 

 

5,802,507

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 3,699,557 3,430,125 3,207,106 

 

 

 

4,719,189

 

 

4,365,797

 

 

4,033,414

 

       

Operating profit

 1,736,185 1,655,276 1,490,804 

 

 

 

2,063,449

 

 

1,940,294

 

 

1,769,093

 

Interest expense

 88,984 127,926 204,900 

 

 

 

97,821

 

 

86,944

 

 

88,232

 

Other (income) expense

 18,871 29,956 60,615 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

326

 

 

 —

 

       

Income before income taxes

 1,628,330 1,497,394 1,225,289 

 

 

 

1,965,628

 

 

1,853,024

 

 

1,680,861

 

Income tax expense

 603,214 544,732 458,604 

 

 

 

714,495

 

 

687,944

 

 

615,516

 

       

Net income

 $1,025,116 $952,662 $766,685 

 

 

$

1,251,133

 

$

1,165,080

 

$

1,065,345

 

       
       

Earnings per share:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 $3.17 $2.87 $2.25 

 

 

$

4.45

 

$

3.96

 

$

3.50

 

Diluted

 $3.17 $2.85 $2.22 

 

 

$

4.43

 

$

3.95

 

$

3.49

 

Weighted average shares:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 322,886 332,254 341,234 

 

 

 

281,317

 

 

294,330

 

 

304,633

 

Diluted

 323,854 334,469 345,117 

 

 

 

282,261

 

 

295,211

 

 

305,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends per share

 

 

$

1.00

 

$

0.88

 

$

 —

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


44


Table of Contents


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 
 For the Year Ended 
 
 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 

Net income

 $1,025,116 $952,662 $766,685 

Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions, net of related income tax expense (benefit) of $(4,461), $1,448 and $9,692, respectively

  (6,972) 2,253  15,105 
        

Comprehensive income

 $1,018,144 $954,915 $781,790 
        
        

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

    

February 3,

    

January 29,

    

January 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Net income

 

$

1,251,133

 

$

1,165,080

 

$

1,065,345

 

Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions, net of related income tax expense (benefit) of $527, $971, and $1,671, respectively

 

 

817

 

 

1,520

 

 

2,583

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

1,251,950

 

$

1,166,600

 

$

1,067,928

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


45


Table of Contents


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS'SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 Common
Stock
Shares
 Common
Stock
 Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 Retained
Earnings
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 Total 

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Accumulated

    

 

 

 

Balances, January 28, 2011

 341,507 $298,819 $2,954,177 $830,932 $(20,296)$4,063,632 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Loss

 

Total

 

Balances, January 31, 2014

 

317,058

 

$

277,424

 

$

3,009,226

 

$

2,125,453

 

$

(9,910)

 

$

5,402,193

 

Net income

    766,685  766,685 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,065,345

 

 

 —

 

 

1,065,345

 

Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions

     15,105 15,105 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,583

 

 

2,583

 

Share-based compensation expense

   15,250   15,250 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

37,338

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

37,338

 

Repurchases of common stock

 (4,960) (4,340) (1,558) (180,699)  (186,597)

 

(14,106)

 

 

(12,342)

 

 

 —

 

 

(787,753)

 

 

 —

 

 

(800,095)

 

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

   27,727   27,727 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,047

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,047

 

Exercise of share-based awards

 1,534 1,342 (28,734)   (27,392)

Other equity transactions

 8 7 165   172 
             

Balances, February 3, 2012

 338,089 $295,828 $2,967,027 $1,416,918 $(5,191)$4,674,582 

Other equity and related transactions

 

495

 

 

432

 

 

(2,805)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,373)

 

Balances, January 30, 2015

 

303,447

 

$

265,514

 

$

3,048,806

 

$

2,403,045

 

$

(7,327)

 

$

5,710,038

 

Net income

    952,662  952,662 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,165,080

 

 

 —

 

 

1,165,080

 

Dividends paid, $0.88 per common share

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(258,328)

 

 

 —

 

 

(258,328)

 

Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions

     2,253 2,253 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,520

 

 

1,520

 

Share-based compensation expense

   21,664   21,664 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

38,547

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

38,547

 

Repurchases of common stock

 (14,394) (12,595) (16) (658,848)  (671,459)

 

(17,556)

 

 

(15,361)

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,284,252)

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,299,613)

 

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

   77,020   77,020 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

13,698

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

13,698

 

Exercise of share-based awards

 3,048 2,667 (75,787)   (73,120)

Other equity transactions

 326 285 1,443   1,728 
             

Balances, February 1, 2013

 327,069 $286,185 $2,991,351 $1,710,732 $(2,938)$4,985,330 

Other equity and related transactions

 

803

 

 

702

 

 

6,232

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6,934

 

Balances, January 29, 2016

 

286,694

 

$

250,855

 

$

3,107,283

 

$

2,025,545

 

$

(5,807)

 

$

5,377,876

 

Net income

    1,025,116  1,025,116 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,251,133

 

 

 —

 

 

1,251,133

 

Dividends paid, $1.00 per common share

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(281,147)

 

 

 —

 

 

(281,147)

 

Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions

     (6,972) (6,972)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

817

 

 

817

 

Share-based compensation expense

   20,961   20,961 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

36,967

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

36,967

 

Repurchases of common stock

 (11,037) (9,657)  (610,395)  (620,052)

 

(12,354)

 

 

(10,810)

 

 

 —

 

 

(979,664)

 

 

 —

 

 

(990,474)

 

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

   24,151   24,151 

Exercise of share-based awards

 1,026 896 (27,237)   (26,341)
             

Balances, January 31, 2014

 317,058 $277,424 $3,009,226 $2,125,453 $(9,910)$5,402,193 
             
             

Other equity and related transactions

 

872

 

 

766

 

 

10,356

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

11,122

 

Balances, February 3, 2017

 

275,212

 

$

240,811

 

$

3,154,606

 

$

2,015,867

 

$

(4,990)

 

$

5,406,294

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


46


Table of Contents


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 


 For the Year Ended 

     

February 3,

    

January 29,

    

January 30,

 


 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 $1,025,116 $952,662 $766,685 

 

$

1,251,133

 

$

1,165,080

 

$

1,065,345

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 332,837 302,911 275,408 

 

 

379,931

 

 

352,431

 

 

342,353

 

Deferred income taxes

 (36,851) (2,605) 10,232 

 

 

12,359

 

 

12,126

 

 

(17,734)

 

Tax benefit of share-based awards

 (30,990) (87,752) (33,102)

Loss on debt retirement, net

 18,871 30,620 60,303 

 

 

 —

 

 

326

 

 

 —

 

Noncash share-based compensation

 20,961 21,664 15,250 

 

 

36,967

 

 

38,547

 

 

37,338

 

Other noncash (gains) and losses

 (12,747) 6,774 54,190 

 

 

(3,625)

 

 

7,797

 

 

8,551

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise inventories

 (144,943) (391,409) (291,492)

 

 

(171,908)

 

 

(290,001)

 

 

(233,559)

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 (4,947) 5,553 (34,554)

 

 

(25,046)

 

 

(24,626)

 

 

(25,048)

 

Accounts payable

 36,942 194,035 104,442 

 

 

56,477

 

 

105,637

 

 

97,166

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 16,265 (36,741) 71,763 

 

 

42,937

 

 

44,949

 

 

41,635

 

Income taxes

 (5,249) 138,711 51,550 

 

 

26,316

 

 

(19,675)

 

 

12,399

 

Other

 (2,200) (3,071) (195)

 

 

(500)

 

 

(905)

 

 

(1,555)

 

       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 1,213,065 1,131,352 1,050,480 

 

 

1,605,041

 

 

1,391,686

 

 

1,326,891

 

       

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 (538,444) (571,596) (514,861)

 

 

(560,296)

 

 

(504,806)

 

 

(373,967)

 

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

 288,466 1,760 1,026 

 

 

9,360

 

 

1,423

 

 

2,268

 

       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 (249,978) (569,836) (513,835)

 

 

(550,936)

 

 

(503,383)

 

 

(371,699)

 

       

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of long-term obligations

 2,297,177 500,000  

 

 

 —

 

 

499,220

 

 

 —

 

Repayments of long-term obligations

 (2,119,991) (478,255) (911,951)

 

 

(3,138)

 

 

(502,401)

 

 

(78,467)

 

Net increase in commercial paper outstanding

 

 

490,500

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Borrowings under revolving credit facilities

 1,172,900 2,286,700 1,157,800 

 

 

1,584,000

 

 

2,034,100

 

 

1,023,000

 

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facilities

 (1,303,800) (2,184,900) (973,100)

 

 

(1,835,000)

 

 

(1,783,100)

 

 

(1,023,000)

 

Debt issuance costs

 (15,996) (15,278)  

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,991)

 

 

 —

 

Payments for cash flow hedge related to debt issuance

 (13,217)   

Repurchases of common stock

 (620,052) (671,459) (186,597)

 

 

(990,474)

 

 

(1,299,613)

 

 

(800,095)

 

Other equity transactions, net of employee taxes paid

 (26,341) (71,393) (27,219)

Tax benefit of share-based awards

 30,990 87,752 33,102 
       

Payments of cash dividends

 

 

(281,135)

 

 

(258,328)

 

 

 —

 

Other equity and related transactions

 

 

11,110

 

 

6,934

 

 

(2,373)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 (598,330) (546,833) (907,965)

 

 

(1,024,137)

 

 

(1,310,179)

 

 

(880,935)

 

       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 364,757 14,683 (371,320)

 

 

29,968

 

 

(421,876)

 

 

74,257

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 140,809 126,126 497,446 
       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 $505,566 $140,809 $126,126 
       
       

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

157,947

 

 

579,823

 

 

505,566

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

187,915

 

$

157,947

 

$

579,823

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 $73,464 $121,712 $209,351 

 

$

92,952

 

$

76,354

 

$

82,447

 

Income taxes

 $646,811 $422,333 $382,294 

 

$

679,633

 

$

697,357

 

$

631,483

 

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment awaiting processing for payment, included in Accounts payable

 $27,082 $39,147 $35,662 

 

$

38,914

 

$

32,020

 

$

31,586

 

Purchases of property and equipment under capital lease obligations

 $ $3,440 $ 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


47


Table of Contents


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies

Basis of presentation

 

These notes contain references to the years 2013, 2012,2016, 2015, and 2011,2014, which represent fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, February 1, 2013, and February 3, 2012,2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, respectively. The Company'sCompany had a 53-week accounting period in 2016, while 2015 and 2014 were each 52-week accounting periods. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. The 2013 and 2012 years were 52-week accounting periods, while 2011 was a 53-week accounting period. The consolidated financial statements include all subsidiaries of the Company, except for its not-for-profit subsidiary which the Company does not control. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

 

The Company sells general merchandise on a retail basis through 11,13213,320 stores (as of January 31, 2014)February 3, 2017) in 4043 states covering mostwith the greatest concentration of stores in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. The Company ownshas owned distribution centers ("DCs"(“DCs”) in Scottsville, Kentucky; South Boston, Virginia; Alachua, Florida; Zanesville, Ohio; Jonesville, South Carolina; Marion, Indiana; Bessemer, Alabama; Bethel, Pennsylvania; San Antonio, Texas; and Bethel, Pennsylvania,Janesville, Wisconsin, and leasesleased DCs in Ardmore, Oklahoma; Fulton, Missouri; Indianola, Mississippi; and Lebec, California.

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with insignificant interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Such investments primarily consist of money market funds, bank deposits, certificates of deposit, (which may include foreign time deposits), and commercial paper. The carrying amounts of these items are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short maturity of these investments.

 

Payments due from processors for electronic tender transactions classified as cash and cash equivalents totaled approximately $44.0$73.9 million and $45.2$59.5 million at February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, respectively.

 

At January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, the Company maintained cash balances to meet a $20 million minimum threshold set by insurance regulators, as further described below under "Insurance“Insurance liabilities."

Investments in debt and equity securities

 

The Company accounts for investments in debt and marketable equity securities as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale,held‑to‑maturity, available‑for‑sale, or trading, depending on their classification. Debt securities categorized as held-to-maturityheld‑to‑maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities categorized as available-for-saleavailable‑for‑sale are stated at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss. Trading securities (primarily mutual funds held pursuant to deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plans, as further discussed below in Notes 6 and 9) are stated at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded as a component of Selling, general and administrative ("(“SG&A"&A”) expense.

        For the years ended January 31, 2014, February 1, 2013, and February 3, 2012, gross realized gains and losses on the sales of available-for-sale securities were not material.  The cost of securities sold is based upon the specific identification method.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

Merchandise inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined using the retail last-in, first-out ("LIFO"last‑in, first‑out (“LIFO”) method as this method results in a better matching of costs and revenues. Under the Company'sCompany’s retail inventory method ("RIM"(“RIM”), the calculation of gross profit and the resulting valuation of inventories at cost are computed by applying a calculated cost-to-retailcost‑to‑retail inventory ratio to the retail value of sales at a department level. The use of the RIM will result in valuing inventories at the lower of cost or market ("LCM"(“LCM”) if markdowns are

48


Table of Contents

currently taken as a reduction of the retail value of inventories. Costs directly associated with warehousing and distribution are capitalized into inventory.

 

The excess of current cost over LIFO cost was approximately $90.9$80.7 million and $101.9$92.9 million at February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, respectively. Current cost is determined using the RIM on a first-in, first-outfirst‑in, first‑out basis. Under the LIFO inventory method, the impacts of rising or falling market price changes increase or decrease cost of sales (the LIFO provision or benefit). The Company recorded a LIFO provision (benefit) of $(11.0)$(12.2) million in 2013, $1.42016, $(2.3) million in 2012,2015, and $47.7$4.2 million in 2011,2014, which is included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of income.

 

The Company purchases its merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers. Approximately 8% and 7% of the Company's purchases in 2013 were made from the Company'sThe Company’s largest and second largest suppliers respectively.each accounted for approximately 8% of the Company’s purchases in 2016.

Vendor rebates

 

The Company accounts for all cash consideration received from vendors in accordance with applicable accounting standards pertaining to such arrangements. Cash consideration received from a vendor is generally presumed to be a rebate or an allowance and is accounted for as a reduction of merchandise purchase costs as earned. However, certain specific, incremental and otherwise qualifying SG&A expenses related to the promotion or sale of vendor products may be offset by cash consideration received from vendors, in accordance with arrangements such as cooperative advertising, when earned for dollar amounts up to but not exceeding actual incremental costs.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include prepaid amounts for rent, maintenance, business licenses, advertising, and insurance, and amounts receivable for certain vendor rebates (primarily those expected to be collected in cash) and coupons.

Property and equipment

 As the result of a merger transaction in

In 2007, the Company'sCompany’s property and equipment was recorded at estimated fair values.values as the result of a merger transaction. Property and equipment acquired subsequent to the merger has been recorded at cost. The Company records depreciation and amortization on a straight-line basis over the



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

assets' assets’ estimated useful lives. The Company'sCompany’s property and equipment balances and depreciable lives are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Depreciable

    

February 3,

    

January 29,

 

(In thousands)
 Depreciable
Life
 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 

 

Life

 

2017

 

2016

 

Land

 Indefinite $163,448 $176,861 

 

Indefinite

 

$

199,171

 

$

188,532

 

Land improvements

 20 48,566 80,834 

 

 

 

20

 

 

74,209

 

 

66,955

 

Buildings

 39 - 40 765,555 773,835 

 

39

 -

40

 

 

1,013,227

 

 

834,884

 

Leasehold improvements

 (a) 326,122 279,351 

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

438,711

 

 

402,997

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 3 - 10 2,078,893 1,828,573 

 

3

 -

10

 

 

2,797,144

 

 

2,526,843

 

Construction in progress

   70,332 87,444 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,540

 

 

150,275

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,595,002

 

 

4,170,486

 

   3,452,916 3,226,898 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

   1,372,611 1,138,233 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,160,546

 

 

1,906,424

 

       

Net property and equipment

   $2,080,305 $2,088,665 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,434,456

 

$

2,264,062

 

       
       

(a)
amortized over the lesser of the life of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset

(a)

Amortized over the lesser of the life of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was approximately $315.3$378.3 million, $277.2$350.6 million and $243.7$335.9 million for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011.2014, respectively. Amortization of capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense. Interest on borrowed funds during the construction of property and equipment is

49


Table of Contents

capitalized where applicable. Interest costs of $1.2$1.4 million, $0.6$1.4 million and $1.5$0.2 million were capitalized in 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011.2014, respectively.

Impairment of long-livedlong‑lived assets

 

When indicators of impairment are present, the Company evaluates the carrying value of long-livedlong‑lived assets, excluding goodwill and other than goodwill,indefinite-lived intangible assets, in relation to the operating performance and future cash flows or the appraised values of the underlying assets. Generally, the Company'sCompany’s policy is to review for impairment stores open more than three years for which current cash flows from operations are negative. Impairment results when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. The Company'sCompany’s estimate of undiscounted future cash flows is based upon historical operations of the stores and estimates of future store profitability which encompasses many factors that are subject to variability and difficult to predict. If a long-livedlong‑lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the carrying value and the asset'sasset’s estimated fair value. The fair value is estimated based primarily upon estimated future cash flows over the asset'sasset’s remaining useful life (discounted at the Company'sCompany’s credit adjusted risk-freerisk‑free rate) or other reasonable estimates of fair market value. Assets to be disposed of are adjusted to the fair value less the cost to sell if less than the book value.

 

The Company recorded impairment charges included in SG&A expense of approximately $0.5$6.3 million in 2013, $2.72016, $5.9 million in 20122015 and $1.0$1.9 million in 2011,2014, to reduce the carrying value of certain of its stores'stores’ assets. Such action was deemed necessary based on the Company'sCompany’s evaluation that such amounts would not be recoverable primarily due to insufficient sales or excessive costs resulting in negative current and projectedthe carrying value of the assets exceeding the estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by the assets at these locations.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

The Company amortizes intangible assets over their estimated useful lives unless such lives are deemed indefinite. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. OtherDefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment if indicators of impairment are present. Impaired assets are written down to fair value as required. No impairment of intangible assets has been identified during any of the periods presented.

 

In accordance with accounting standards for goodwill and indefinite-livedindefinite‑lived intangible assets, an entity has the option first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that goodwill or an indefinite-livedindefinite‑lived intangible asset is impaired. If after such assessment an entity concludes that the asset is not impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the asset using a quantitative impairment test, and if impaired, the associated assets must be written down to fair value as described in further detail below.

 

The quantitative goodwill impairment test is a two-step process that requireswould require management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of the Company'san entity’s reporting unitunits based on valuation techniques (including a discounted cash flow model using revenue and profit forecasts) and comparing that estimated fair value with the recorded carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment by determining an "implied“implied fair value"value” of goodwill. The determination of the implied fair value of goodwill would require the Companyentity to allocate the estimated fair value of its reporting unit to its assets and liabilities. Any unallocated fair value would represent the implied fair value of goodwill, which would be compared to its corresponding carrying value.

 

The quantitative impairment test for intangible assets compares the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

50


Table of Contents

Other assets

 

Noncurrent Other assets consist primarily of qualifying prepaid expenses debt issuance costs which are amortized over the life of the related obligations,for maintenance, beer and wine licenses, and utility, security and other deposits.

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

Accrued expenses and other consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

February 3,

    

January 29,

 

(In thousands)

 

2017

 

2016

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

91,243

 

$

111,191

 

Insurance

 

 

85,240

 

 

82,182

 

Taxes (other than taxes on income)

 

 

175,099

 

 

136,762

 

Other

 

 

149,284

 

 

136,987

 

 

 

$

500,866

 

$

467,122

 

(In thousands)
 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 

Compensation and benefits

 $47,909 $76,981 

Insurance

  84,697  86,189 

Taxes (other than taxes on income)

  104,990  89,329 

Other

  130,982  104,939 
      

 $368,578 $357,438 
      
      


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentationIncluded in other accrued expenses are liabilities for maintenance, utilities, interest, credit card processing fees and accounting policies (Continued)freight expense. Certain increases in accrued expenses and other reflect the 53rd week in 2016.

 Other accrued expenses primarily include the current portion of liabilities for interest expense, legal settlements, freight expense, utilities, and common area and other maintenance charges.

Insurance liabilities

 

The Company retains a significant portion of risk for its workers'workers’ compensation, employee health, general liability, property and automobile claim exposures. Accordingly, provisions are made for the Company'sCompany’s estimates of such risks. The undiscounted future claim costs for the workers'workers’ compensation, general liability, and health claim risks are derived using actuarial methods and are recorded as self-insuranceself‑insurance reserves pursuant to Company policy. To the extent that subsequent claim costs vary from those estimates, future results of operations will be affected as the reserves are adjusted.

 

Ashley River Insurance Company ("ARIC"(“ARIC”), a South Carolina-based wholly owned captive insurance subsidiary of the Company, charges the operating subsidiary companies premiums to insure the retained workers'workers’ compensation and non-property general liability exposures. Pursuant to South Carolina insurance regulations, ARIC is required to maintainmaintains certain levels of cash and cash equivalents related to its self-insured exposures. ARIC currently insures no unrelated third-party risk.

Operating leases and related liabilities

 

Rent expense is recognized over the term of the lease. The Company records minimum rental expense on a straight-linestraight‑line basis over the base, non-cancelablenon‑cancelable lease term commencing on the date that the Company takes physical possession of the property from the landlord, which normally includes a period prior to the store opening to make necessary leasehold improvements and install store fixtures. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-linestraight‑line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Tenant allowances, to the extent received, are recorded as deferred incentive rent and are amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease. AnyThe difference between the calculated expense and the amounts actually paid are reflected asresult in a liability, with the current portion in Accrued expenses and other and the long-termlong‑term portion in Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, and totaled approximately $49.5$61.1 million and $43.6$57.9 million at February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, respectively.

 

The Company recognizes contingent rental expense when the achievement of specified sales targets areis considered probable. The amount expensed but not paid as of February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 201329, 2016 was approximately $6.0$3.5 million and $7.7$4.0 million, respectively, and is included in Accrued expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

Other liabilities

 

Noncurrent Other liabilities consist of the following:

(In thousands)
 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 

Compensation and benefits

 $17,604 $18,404 

Insurance

  145,162  137,451 

Income tax related reserves

  18,802  23,383 

Deferred gain on sale leaseback

  62,693   

Other

  52,285  46,161 
      

 $296,546 $225,399 
      
      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

February 3,

    

January 29,

 

(In thousands)

 

2017

 

2016

 

Insurance

 

$

137,743

 

$

137,798

 

Deferred rent

 

 

61,082

 

 

57,017

 

Deferred gain on sale leaseback

 

 

49,259

 

 

53,737

 

Other

 

 

31,698

 

 

26,731

 

 

 

$

279,782

 

$

275,283

 

 Amounts categorized as "Other" in the table above consist primarily of deferred rent and derivative liabilities.

Fair value accounting

 

The Company utilizes accounting standards for fair value, which include the definition of fair value, the framework for measuring fair value, and disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is a market-basedmarket‑based measurement, not an entity-specificentity‑specific measurement. Therefore, a fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, fair value accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity'sentity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).

 

Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are based on an entity'sentity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, observable market activity. In instances where the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company'sCompany’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

 

The valuation of the Company's derivative financial instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflectstakes into account the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves. The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

future fixed cash payments (or receipts) and the discounted expected variable cash receipts (or payments). The variable cash receipts (or payments) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves.

 

The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments (CVAs) to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty'scounterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, theThe Company has consideredconsiders the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.

guarantees, to adjust the fair value of outstanding derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk. In connection with accounting standards for fair value measurement, the Company has made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of itsoutstanding derivative financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio. The Company has determined that the majority

52


Table of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. However, the CVAs associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. As of January 31, 2014, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the CVAs on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the CVAs are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. Based on the Company's review of the CVAs by counterparty portfolio, the Company has determined that the CVAs are not significant to the overall portfolio valuations, as the CVAs are deemed to be immaterial in terms of basis points and are a very small percentage of the aggregate notional value of the derivative instruments. Although some of the CVAs as a percentage of termination value appear to be more significant, primary emphasis was placed on a review of the CVA in basis points and the percentage of the notional value. As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.Contents

Derivative financial instruments

 

The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments in accordance with applicable accounting standards for such instruments and hedging activities, which require that all derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting.

 

Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge a certain portion of its risk, even



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply the hedge accounting standards.

 

The Company's derivative financial instruments, inCompany previously recorded a loss on the formsettlement of interest rate swaps at January 31, 2014, are related to variable interest rate risk exposurestreasury locks associated with the Company'sissuance of long-term debt which was deferred to other comprehensive income and were entered intois being amortized as an increase to interest expense over the period of the debt’s maturity in an effort to manage that risk. The counterparties to the Company's derivative agreements are all major international financial institutions. The Company continually monitors its position and the credit ratings of its counterparties and does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties.2023.

Revenue and gain recognition

 

The Company recognizes retail sales in its stores at the time the customer takes possession of merchandise. All sales are net of discounts and estimated returns and are presented net of taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed concurrent with those sales. The liability for retail merchandise returns is based on the Company'sCompany’s prior experience. The Company records gain contingencies when realized.

 

The Company recognizes gift card sales revenue at the time of redemption. The liability for the gift cards is established for the cash value at the time of purchase.purchase of the gift card. The liability for outstanding gift cards was approximately $4.3$3.4 million and $3.6$2.8 million at February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, respectively, and is recorded in Accrued expenses and other liabilities. Through January 31, 2014, the Company has not recorded anyEstimated breakage income relatedrevenue, a percentage of gift cards that will never be redeemed based on historical redemption rates, is recognized over time in proportion to itsactual gift card program.redemptions. The Company recorded breakage revenue of $0.5 million and $0.6 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Advertising costs

 

Advertising costs are expensed upon performance, "first showing"“first showing” or distribution, and are reflected in SG&A expenses net of earned cooperative advertising amounts provided by vendors which are specific, incremental and otherwise qualifying expenses related to the promotion or sale of vendor products for dollar amounts up to but not exceeding actual incremental costs. Advertising costs were $70.5$82.7 million, $61.7$89.3 million and $50.4$77.3 million in 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively. These costs primarily include promotional circulars, targeted circulars supporting new stores, television and radio advertising, in-storein‑store signage, and costs associated with the sponsorships of certain automobile racing activities.activities in 2016. Vendor funding for cooperative advertising offset reported expenses by $31.9$35.9 million, $23.6$36.7 million and $20.8$35.0 million in 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.

Share-based

53


Table of Contents

Share‑based payments

 

The Company recognizes compensation expense for share-basedshare‑based compensation based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period. This estimate may be adjusted periodically based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimate. The forfeiture rate is the estimated percentage of optionsshare-based awards granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company bases this estimate on historical experience or estimates of future trends, as applicable. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

 

The fair value of each option grant is separately estimated and amortized into compensation expense on a straight-linestraight‑line basis between the applicable grant date and each vesting date. The Company



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

has estimated the fair value of all stock option awards as of the grant date by applying the Black-Scholes-MertonBlack‑Scholes‑Merton option pricing valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense.

 

The Company calculates compensation expense for restricted stock, share units and similar awards as the difference between the market price of the underlying stock or similar award on the grant date and the purchase price, if any. Such expense is recognized on a straight-linestraight‑line basis for gradedtime-based awards or an accelerated basis for performance awards over the period in which the recipient earns the awards.

Store pre-openingpre‑opening costs

 Pre-opening

Pre‑opening costs related to new store openings and the related construction periods are expensed as incurred.

Income taxes

 

Under the accounting standards for income taxes, the asset and liability method is used for computing the future income tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company'sCompany’s consolidated financial statements or income tax returns. Deferred income tax expense or benefit is the net change during the year in the Company'sCompany’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities.

 

The Company includes income tax related interest and penalties as a component of the provision for income tax expense.

 

Income tax reserves are determined using a methodology which requires companies to assess each income tax position taken using a two-steptwo‑step process. A determination is first made as to whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, based upon the technical merits, upon examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is expected to meet the more likely than not criteria, the benefit recorded for the tax position equals the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the respective tax position. Uncertain tax positions require determinations and estimated liabilities to be made based on provisions of the tax law which may be subject to change or varying interpretation. If the Company'sCompany’s determinations and estimates prove to be inaccurate, the resulting adjustments could be material to the Company'sCompany’s future financial results.

Management estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

54


Table of Contents

Accounting standards

 

In February 2013,May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ancomprehensive new accounting standards updaterelated to the recognition of revenue, which requires additional disclosuresspecified an effective date for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with regardearly adoption not permitted. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date to an entity's balancesannual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with earlier adoption permitted only for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The new guidance allows companies to use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach in the adoption of this guidance. The Company formed a project team to assess and amounts reclassified outimplement the standard by compiling a list of accumulated other comprehensivethe applicable revenue streams, evaluating relevant contracts and comparing the Company’s current accounting policies to the new standard. As a result of the efforts of this project team, the Company has identified customer incentives and gross versus net considerations as the areas in which it would most likely be affected by the new guidance. The Company is continuing to assess all the impacts of the new standard and the design of internal control over financial reporting, but based upon the terms of the Company’s agreements and the materiality of these transactions related to customer incentives and gross versus net considerations, the Company does not expect the effect of adoption to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The Company expects to complete this work in 2017 and to adopt this guidance on February 3, 2018.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to lease accounting, which when effective will require a dual approach for lessee accounting under which a lessee will account for leases as finance leases or operating leases. Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the lessee recognizing a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on its balance sheet, with differing methodology for income statement recognition. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective approach is required for all leases existing or entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in itsthe consolidated financial statements. The Company is currently assessing the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and is anticipating a material impact because the Company is party to a significant number of lease contracts.

In March 2016, the FASB issued amendments to existing guidance related to accounting for employee share-based payment affecting the income tax consequences of awards, classification of awards as equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013. All2016. The Company has elected to continue estimating forfeitures of share-based awards. The amendments requiring recognition of excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in the income statement were applied prospectively resulting in a benefit for the year ended February 3, 2017 of approximately $11.0 million, or $0.04 per diluted share. The Company has elected to apply the amendments related to the presentation of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows using a retrospective transition method, and as a result, $13.7 million and $12.1 million of excess tax benefits related to share-based awards which were previously classified as cash flows from financing activities for the years ended January 29, 2016 and January 30, 2015, respectively, have been reclassified as cash flows from operating activities.

In October 2016, the FASB issued amendments to existing guidance related to accounting for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. These amendments require an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of such transfers when the transfer occurs and affects the Company’s historical accounting for intra-entity transfers of certain intangible assets. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted subject to certain guidelines. The amendments should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the Company's related balances are cash flow



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basisbeginning of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

hedges, and the required disclosures are reflected in Note 7 below.period of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact that adoption of this guidance did notwill have a material effect on the Company'sits consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications

55


Table of Contents

statements, but expects such adoption will result in an increase in deferred income tax liabilities and a decrease in retained earnings.

 

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications of the 2012 and 2011 amountsfinancial disclosures relating to prior periods have been madereclassified to conform to the 2013 presentation.current year presentation where applicable.

2. Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

As of February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, the balances of the Company'sCompany’s intangible assets were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of February 3, 2017


  
 As of January 31, 2014 

    

Remaining

    

 

 

    

Accumulated

    

 

 

 

(In thousands)
 Remaining
Life
 Amount Accumulated
Amortization
 Net 

 

Life

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Net

 

Goodwill

 Indefinite $4,338,589 $ $4,338,589 

 

Indefinite

 

$

4,338,589

 

$

 —

 

$

4,338,589

 

         
         

Other intangible assets:

         

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold interests

 1 to 9 years $64,644 $56,699 $7,945 

 

1-6 years

 

$

3,658

 

$

2,699

 

$

959

 

Trade names and trademarks

 Indefinite 1,199,700  1,199,700 

 

Indefinite

 

 

1,199,700

 

 

 —

 

 

1,199,700

 

         

 

 

 

$

1,203,358

 

$

2,699

 

$

1,200,659

 

   $1,264,344 $56,699 $1,207,645 
         
         

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of January 29, 2016

 


  
 As of February 1, 2013 

    

Remaining

    

 

 

    

Accumulated

    

 

 

 

(In thousands)
 Remaining
Life
 Amount Accumulated
Amortization
 Net 

 

Life

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Net

 

Goodwill

 Indefinite $4,338,589 $ $4,338,589 

 

Indefinite

 

$

4,338,589

 

$

 —

 

$

4,338,589

 

         
         

Other intangible assets:

         

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold interests

 1 to 10 years $106,917 $87,074 $19,843 

 

1-7 years

 

$

4,379

 

$

3,085

 

$

1,294

 

Trade names and trademarks

 Indefinite 1,199,700  1,199,700 

 

Indefinite

 

 

1,199,700

 

 

 —

 

 

1,199,700

 

         

 

 

 

$

1,204,079

 

$

3,085

 

$

1,200,994

 

   $1,306,617 $87,074 $1,219,543 
         
         

 

The Company recorded amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 of $11.9$0.3 million, $16.9$0.9 million and $21.0$5.8 million, respectively, all of which is included in rent expense. Expected future cash flows associated with the Company'sCompany’s intangible assets are not expected to be materially affected by the Company'sCompany’s intent or ability to renew or extend the arrangements. The Company'sCompany’s goodwill balance is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 For intangible assets subject to amortization, the estimated aggregate amortization expense for each

56


Table of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows: 2014—$5.8 million, 2015—$0.9 million, 2016—$0.3 million, 2017—$0.2 million and 2018—$0.2 million.Contents



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Earnings per share

 

Earnings per share is computed as follows (in thousands except per share data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

    

 

 

    

Weighted

    

 

 

 


 2013 

 

Net

 

Average

 

Per Share

 


 Net Income Weighted
Average
Shares
 Per Share
Amount
 

 

Income

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Basic earnings per share

 $1,025,116 322,886 $3.17 

 

$

1,251,133

 

281,317

 

$

4.45

 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

   968   

 

 

 

 

944

 

 

 

 

       

Diluted earnings per share

 $1,025,116 323,854 $3.17 

 

$

1,251,133

 

282,261

 

$

4.43

 

       
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

    

 

 

    

Weighted

    

 

 

 


 2012 

 

Net

 

Average

 

Per Share

 


 Net Income Weighted
Average
Shares
 Per Share
Amount
 

 

Income

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Basic earnings per share

 $952,662 332,254 $2.87 

 

$

1,165,080

 

294,330

 

$

3.96

 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

   2,215   

 

 

 

 

881

 

 

 

 

       

Diluted earnings per share

 $952,662 334,469 $2.85 

 

$

1,165,080

 

295,211

 

$

3.95

 

       
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

    

 

 

    

Weighted

    

 

 

 


 2011 

 

Net

 

Average

 

Per Share

 


 Net Income Weighted
Average
Shares
 Per Share
Amount
 

 

Income

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Basic earnings per share

 $766,685 341,234 $2.25 

 

$

1,065,345

 

304,633

 

$

3.50

 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

   3,883   

 

 

 

 

1,048

 

 

 

 

       

Diluted earnings per share

 $766,685 345,117 $2.22 

 

$

1,065,345

 

305,681

 

$

3.49

 

       
       

 

Basic earnings per share wasis computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share wasis determined based on the dilutive effect of share-basedshare‑based awards using the treasury stock method.

 Options to purchase shares of common stock

Share-based awards that were outstanding at the end of the respective periods, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect of exercising such options would be antidilutive, were 1.11.7 million, 0.81.3 million, and zero1.2 million in 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Income taxes

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

613,009

 

$

590,120

 

$

543,089

 

Foreign

 

 

135

 

 

1,678

 

 

1,245

 

State

 

 

88,990

 

 

84,021

 

 

81,816

 

 

 

 

702,134

 

 

675,819

 

 

626,150

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

11,053

 

 

6,410

 

 

(7,697)

 

State

 

 

1,308

 

 

5,715

 

 

(2,937)

 

 

 

 

12,361

 

 

12,125

 

 

(10,634)

 

 

 

$

714,495

 

$

687,944

 

$

615,516

 

57

(In thousands)
 2013 2012 2011 

Current:

          

Federal

 $530,728 $457,370 $385,277 

Foreign

  1,324  1,209  1,449 

State

  101,174  78,025  56,272 
        

  633,226  536,604  442,998 
        

Deferred:

          

Federal

  (16,132) 9,734  8,313 

State

  (13,880) (1,606) 7,293 
        

  (30,012) 8,128  15,606 
        

 $603,214 $544,732 $458,604 
        
        

 

Table of Contents

A reconciliation between actual income taxes and amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate to income before income taxes is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)
 2013 2012 2011 

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

U.S. federal statutory rate on earnings before income taxes

 $569,916 35.0%$524,088 35.0%$428,851 35.0%

    

$

687,969

    

35.0

%  

$

648,558

    

35.0

%  

$

588,303

    

35.0

%

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 56,822 3.5 52,713 3.5 42,774 3.5 

 

 

60,168

 

3.1

 

 

59,700

 

3.2

 

 

49,819

 

3.0

 

Jobs credits, net of federal income taxes

 (19,348) (1.2) (16,062) (1.1) (15,153) (1.2)

 

 

(18,952)

 

(1.0)

 

 

(21,366)

 

(1.2)

 

 

(18,961)

 

(1.1)

 

Reduction in valuation allowances

 (437)  (3,050) (0.2) (2,202) (0.2)

Reduction in income tax reserves

 (6,391) (0.4) (13,676) (0.9)   

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowances

 

 

(1,474)

 

(0.1)

 

 

(1,371)

 

(0.1)

 

 

1,453

 

0.1

 

Stock-based compensation programs

 

 

(9,915)

 

(0.5)

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Decrease in income tax reserves

 

 

(2,161)

 

(0.1)

 

 

(2,037)

 

(0.1)

 

 

(6,449)

 

(0.4)

 

Other, net

 2,652 0.1 719 0.1 4,334 0.3 

 

 

(1,140)

 

(0.1)

 

 

4,460

 

0.3

 

 

1,351

 

 —

 

             

 

$

714,495

 

36.3

%  

$

687,944

 

37.1

%  

$

615,516

 

36.6

%

 $603,214 37.0%$544,732 36.4%$458,604 37.4%
             
             

 

The 20132016 effective tax rate was an expense of 37.0%. The 2013 effective income tax rate increased from 2012 due to the favorable resolution of income tax examinations during 2012 that did not reoccur, to the same extent, in 2013. This rate increase was partially offset by the recording of an income tax benefit in 2013 associated with the expiration of the assessment period during which the taxing authorities could have assessed additional income tax associated with the Company's 2009 tax year. In addition, the 2013 amounts reflect larger income tax benefits associated with federal jobs credits. The Company receives a significant income tax benefit related to salaries paid to certain newly hired employees that qualify for federal jobs credits (principally the Work Opportunity Tax Credit or "WOTC"). The federal law authorizing the WOTC credit expired for employees hired after December 31, 2013. Whether these credits will be available for employees hired after December 31, 2013 depends upon a change in the tax law that extends the expiration date of these credit provisions, the certainty and timing of which are currently unclear.

        The 2012 effective tax rate was an expense of 36.4%36.3%. This expense was greater than the federal statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Income taxes (Continued)

rate. The 2012 effective income tax rate of 36.4% was lower than the 2011 rate of 37.4%in 2016 due principally to the favorable resolutionadoption of a federalchange in accounting guidance related to employee share-based payments, as further discussed in Note 1, requiring the recognition of excess tax benefits in the statement of income tax examination during 2012.rather than in the balance sheet, as reported in prior years.

 

The 20112015 effective tax rate was an expense of 37.4%37.1%. This expense was greater than the federal statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The 2015 effective income tax rate increased from 2014 due principally to federal and state reserve releases in 2014 that did not reoccur, to the same extent, in 2015.

The 2014 effective tax rate was an expense of 36.6%. This expense was greater than the federal statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate.

 

Deferred taxes reflect the effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company'sCompany’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

February 3,

    

January 29,

 

(In thousands)

 

2017

 

2016

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation expense

 

$

7,626

 

$

8,200

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

6,958

 

 

8,139

 

Accrued rent

 

 

24,077

 

 

20,793

 

Accrued insurance

 

 

72,990

 

 

72,676

 

Accrued incentive compensation

 

 

15,170

 

 

19,902

 

Share based compensation

 

 

18,908

 

 

17,988

 

Interest rate hedges

 

 

3,175

 

 

3,702

 

Tax benefit of income tax and interest reserves related to uncertain tax positions

 

 

746

 

 

1,371

 

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback

 

 

20,872

 

 

22,637

 

Other

 

 

12,591

 

 

9,440

 

State tax credit carry forwards, net of federal tax

 

 

8,765

 

 

10,711

 

 

 

 

191,878

 

 

195,559

 

Less valuation allowances

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,474)

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

191,878

 

 

194,085

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

(334,430)

 

 

(320,619)

 

Inventories

 

 

(65,844)

 

 

(72,456)

 

Trademarks

 

 

(434,045)

 

 

(433,548)

 

Other

 

 

(10,400)

 

 

(7,417)

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(844,719)

 

 

(834,040)

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(652,841)

 

$

(639,955)

 

58

(In thousands)
 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 

Deferred tax assets:

       

Deferred compensation expense

 $8,666 $9,276 

Accrued expenses and other

  9,067  5,727 

Accrued rent

  17,375  15,450 

Accrued insurance

  78,557  72,442 

Accrued incentive compensation

  3,385  15,399 

Interest rate hedges

  4,921  1,883 

Tax benefit of income tax and interest reserves related to uncertain tax positions

  3,439  2,696 

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback

  26,186   

Other

  15,094  13,914 

State tax net operating loss carry forwards, net of federal tax

  282  645 

State tax credit carry forwards, net of federal tax

  8,282  8,925 
      

  175,254  146,357 

Less valuation allowances

  (1,393) (1,830)
      

Total deferred tax assets

  173,861  144,527 
      

Deferred tax liabilities:

       

Property and equipment

  (307,644) (294,204)

Inventories

  (64,481) (67,246)

Trademarks

  (433,130) (435,529)

Amortizable assets

  (2,343) (6,809)

Bonus related tax method change

    (6,534)

Other

  (2,084) (4,498)
      

Total deferred tax liabilities

  (809,682) (814,820)
      

Net deferred tax liabilities

 $(635,821)$(670,293)
      
      


Table of Contents


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Income taxes (Continued)

        Net deferred tax liabilities are reflected separately on the consolidated balance sheets as current and noncurrent deferred income taxes. The following table summarizes net deferred tax liabilities as recorded in the consolidated balance sheets:

(In thousands)
 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 

Current deferred income tax liabilities, net

 $(21,795)$(23,223)

Noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities, net

  (614,026) (647,070)
      

Net deferred tax liabilities

 $(635,821)$(670,293)
      
      

The Company has state net operating loss carry forwards as of January 31, 2014 that total approximately $4.3 million which will expire in 2028. The Company also has state tax credit carry forwards of approximately $12.7$13.5 million that will expire beginning in 20212022 through 2024.2026.

 A

The Company reversed the remaining valuation allowance has been provided for state tax credit carry forwards and federal capital losses. The 2013, 2012, and 2011 decreasesin the amount of $0.4$1.5 million, $3.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively, werewhich was recorded as a reduction in income tax expense.expense in 2016. Based upon expected future income, management believes that it is more likely than not that the results of operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets after giving consideration to the valuation allowance.

assets. The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") has previously examined the Company's 20082015 decrease of $1.4 million and earlier federal2014 increase of $1.5 million were recorded as a reduction and an increase in income tax returns. As a result, the 2008expense, respectively. 

The Company’s 2012 and earlier tax years are not open for further examination by the IRS. The Company has filed an amended federal income tax return requesting a refund of approximately $5.1 million for its 2009 tax year. This amended return is expected to be examined by the IRS. As the statute of limitations has otherwise closed for the 2009 tax year, the IRS' ability to assess additional income tax for 2009 is limited to the refund requested on the amended income tax return.Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The IRS, at its discretion, may also choose to examine the Company's 2010Company’s 2013 through 20132015 fiscal year income tax filings. The Company has various state income tax examinations that are currently in progress. Generally, the Company's 2010Company’s 2012 and later tax years remain open for examination by the various state taxing authorities.

 

As of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, accruals for uncertain tax benefits, interest expense related to income taxes and potential income tax penalties were $19.6$3.1 million, $2.4$0.8 million and $0.4$0.9 million, respectively, for a total of $22.4$4.8 million. Of thisThis total amount $3.6 million and $18.8 million areis reflected in current liabilities as Accrued expenses and other and in noncurrent Other liabilities respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

As of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, accruals for uncertain tax benefits, interest expense related to income taxes and potential income tax penalties were $22.2$7.0 million, $2.3$0.9 million and $0.4$0.8 million, respectively, for a total of $24.9$8.7 million. Of thisThis total amount $1.5 million and $23.4 million areis reflected in current liabilities as Accrued expenses and other and in noncurrent Other liabilities respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the reserve for uncertain tax positions may be reduced by approximately $11.2$2.2 million in the coming twelve months principally as a result of the effective settlementexpiration of several outstanding issues.applicable statutes of limitations. Also, as of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, approximately



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Income taxes (Continued)

$19.6 $3.1 million of the uncertain tax positions would impact the Company'sCompany’s effective income tax rate if the Company were to recognize the tax benefit for these positions.

 

The amounts associated with uncertain tax positions included in income tax expense consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)
 2013 2012 2011 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 $(3,915)$(16,119)$97 

 

$

(3,795)

 

$

(2,379)

 

$

(9,497)

 

Income tax related interest expense (benefit)

 590 344 968 

 

 

(31)

 

 

(23)

 

 

(1,445)

 

Income tax related penalty expense (benefit)

 30 (200) 63 

 

 

50

 

 

373

 

 

51

 

 

A reconciliation of the uncertain income tax positions from January 28, 201131, 2014 through January 31, 2014February 3, 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Beginning balance

 

$

6,964

 

$

9,343

 

$

19,583

 

Increases—tax positions taken in the current year

 

 

41

 

 

214

 

 

198

 

Increases—tax positions taken in prior years

 

 

52

 

 

17

 

 

62

 

Decreases—tax positions taken in prior years

 

 

(1,435)

 

 

(106)

 

 

(8,636)

 

Statute expirations

 

 

(2,453)

 

 

(2,504)

 

 

(1,121)

 

Settlements

 

 

(52)

 

 

 —

 

 

(743)

 

Ending balance

 

$

3,117

 

$

6,964

 

$

9,343

 

59

(In thousands)
 2013 2012 2011 

Beginning balance

 $22,237 $42,018 $26,429 

Increases—tax positions taken in the current year

  3,484  2,114  125 

Increases—tax positions taken in prior years

  3,000  1,144  15,840 

Decreases—tax positions taken in prior years

  (608) (22,669)  

Statute expirations

  (7,622) (166) (376)

Settlements

  (908) (204)  
        

Ending balance

 $19,583 $22,237 $42,018 
        
        

Table of Contents

5. Current and long-termlong‑term obligations

 

Current and long-termlong‑term obligations consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

February 3,

    

January 29,

 

(In thousands)

 

2017

 

2016

 

Senior unsecured credit facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Facility

 

$

425,000

 

$

425,000

 

Revolving Facility

 

 

 —

 

 

251,000

 

4.125% Senior Notes due July 15, 2017

 

 

500,000

 

 

500,000

 

1.875% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 (net of discount of $111 and $203)

 

 

399,889

 

 

399,797

 

3.250% Senior Notes due April 15, 2023 (net of discount of $1,552 and $1,775)

 

 

898,448

 

 

898,225

 

4.150% Senior Notes due November 1, 2025 (net of discount of $700 and $764)

 

 

499,300

 

 

499,236

 

Unsecured commercial paper notes

 

 

490,500

 

 

 —

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

3,643

 

 

4,806

 

Tax increment financing due February 1, 2035

 

 

8,840

 

 

10,590

 

Debt issuance costs, net

 

 

(14,094)

 

 

(18,100)

 

 

 

 

3,211,526

 

 

2,970,554

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(500,950)

 

 

(1,379)

 

Long-term portion

 

$

2,710,576

 

$

2,969,175

 

(In thousands)
 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 

Senior unsecured credit facilities, maturity April 11, 2018:

       

Term Facility

 $1,000,000 $ 

Revolving Facility

     

Senior secured term loan facility:

       

Maturity July 6, 2014

    1,083,800 

Maturity July 6, 2017

    879,700 

ABL Facility, maturity July 6, 2014

    286,500 

41/8% Senior Notes due July 15, 2017

  500,000  500,000 

17/8% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 (net of discount of $383)

  399,617   

31/4% Senior Notes due April 15, 2023 (net of discount of $2,199)

  897,801   

Capital lease obligations

  6,841  7,733 

Tax increment financing due February 1, 2035

  14,495  14,495 
      

  2,818,754  2,772,228 

Less: current portion

  (75,966) (892)
      

Long-term portion

 $2,742,788 $2,771,336 
      
      


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Current and long-term obligations (Continued)

        On April 11, 2013,At February 3, 2017, the Company consummated a refinancing pursuant to which it terminated its existing senior secured credit agreements, entered into a new five-year unsecured credit agreement, and issued senior notes due in 2018 and 2023 as described in more detail below. The Company's newCompany’s senior unsecured credit facilities (the "Facilities"“2015 Facilities”) consistconsisted of a $1.0 billion$425.0 million senior unsecured term loan facility (the "Term Facility"“2015 Term Facility”) and an $850.0 milliona $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility"“2015 Revolving Facility”), which providesprovided for the issuance of letters of credit up to $250.0$175.0 million. The Company may request, subject2015 Facilities were scheduled to agreementmature on October 20, 2020, but were replaced by one or more lenders, increased revolving commitments and/or incremental term loan facilities in an aggregate amount of up to $150.0 million. The Term Facility will amortize in quarterly installments of $25.0 million, with the first such payment dueamended and restated credit facility on August 1, 2014, and final payment at maturity on April 11, 2018. The Company capitalized $5.9 million of debt issuance costs associated with the Facilities which is included in long-term Other assets, net in the consolidated balance sheet.February 22, 2017 as described below.

 

Borrowings under the 2015 Facilities bearbore interest at a rate equal to an applicable interest rate margin plus, at the Company'sCompany’s option, either (a) LIBOR or (b) a base rate (which is usually equal to the prime rate). The applicable interest rate margin for borrowings as of January 31, 2014February 3, 2017 was 1.275%1.10% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.275%0.10% for base-rate borrowings. The Company mustwas also required to pay a facility fee, payable on any used and unused commitment amounts of the 2015 Facilities, as well as letterand customary fees on letters of credit fees.issued under the 2015 Revolving Facility.  As of February 3, 2017, the commitment fee rate was 0.15%. The applicable interest rate margins for borrowings, the facility fees and the letter of credit fees under the 2015 Facilities arewere subject to adjustment each quarterfrom time to time based on the Company's long-termCompany’s long‑term senior unsecured debt ratings. The weighted average all-in interest rate for borrowings under the 2015 Facilities was 1.46% (without giving effect to the interest rate swaps discussed in Note 7)1.9% as of January 31, 2014.February 3, 2017.

 

The 2015 Facilities cancould be voluntarily prepaid in whole or in part at any time.time without penalty. There was no required principal amortization under the 2015 Facilities.  The 2015 Facilities containcontained a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, restricted, subject to certain covenants which place limitations onexceptions, the incurrence ofCompany’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to: incur additional liens; change of business; mergers or sales ofsell all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; consummate certain fundamental changes or change in the Company’s lines of business; and incur additional subsidiary indebtedness, among other limitations.indebtedness. The 2015 Facilities also containcontained financial covenants which requirerequired the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. As of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.  The 2015 Facilities also containcontained customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

 

As of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, under the 2015 Revolving Facility, the Company had totalborrowing availability of $986.2 million that, due to its intention to maintain borrowing availability under such facility related to the commercial paper program described below, could contribute incremental liquidity of $495.7 million. In addition,

60


Table of Contents

the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $49.9$13.8 million $27.2 million of which were issued under the 2015 Revolving Facility and borrowing availability under the Revolving Facility was $822.8 million.$29.4 million which were issued pursuant to separate agreements.

 In connection with the refinancing discussed above,

On February 22, 2017, the Company terminated itsentered into an unsecured amended and restated credit agreement for a $175.0 million senior securedunsecured term loan facility and a $1.25 billion senior securedunsecured revolving credit facility ("ABL Facility"that provides for the issuance of letters of credit up to $175.0 million. The amended and restated credit facilities replaced the 2015 Facilities, and have terms similar to the 2015 Facilities, but the revolving credit facility maturity date was extended to February 22, 2022.

On August 1, 2016, the Company established a commercial paper program under which the Company may issue unsecured commercial paper notes (the “CP Notes”). Under this program, the Company may issue the CP Notes from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 billion outstanding at any time. The CP Notes have maturities of up to 364 days from the date of issue and rank equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The Company recorded a pretax lossintends to maintain available commitments under the amended and restated revolving credit facilities in an amount at least equal to the amount of $18.9CP Notes outstanding at any time. As of February 3, 2017, the Company had outstanding CP notes of $490.5 million for the write off of debt issuance costs associated with those facilities, which is reflected in Other (income) expense inclassified as long-term obligations on the consolidated statementbalance sheet due to its intent and ability to refinance these obligations as long-term debt. The weighted average interest rate for borrowings under the commercial paper program was 1.0% as of income for the year ended January 31, 2014.February 3, 2017.

 

On July 12, 2012,October 20, 2015, the Company issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.125%4.150% senior notes due 20172025 (the "2017“2025 Senior Notes"Notes”), net of discount of $0.8 million, which are scheduled to mature on July 15, 2017.November 1, 2025. Interest on the 20172025 Senior Notes is payable in cash on January 15May 1 and July 15November 1 of each year, commencing on May 1, 2016. The Company incurred $4.4 million of debt issuance costs associated with the issuance of the 2025 Senior Notes. The net proceeds from the sale of the 2025 Senior Notes were used, together with borrowings under the 2015 Facilities, to repay all of the outstanding borrowings under a previous credit agreement and commenced on January 15, 2013.

        On April 11, 2013, the Company issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.875% senior notes due 2018 (the "2018 Senior Notes"), net of discount of $0.5 million, which mature on April 15, 2018; and issued $900.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.25% senior notes due 2023 (the "2023 Senior Notes"), net of discount of $2.4 million, which mature on April 15, 2023.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Current and long-term obligations (Continued)

for general corporate purposes. Collectively, the 2017 Senior Notes, the 20182025 Senior Notes and the 2023Company’s other Senior Notes due 2017, 2018 and 2023 as reflected in the table above comprise the "Senior Notes"“Senior Notes”, each of which were issued pursuant to an indenture as modifiedsupplemented and amended by supplemental indentures relating to each series of Senior Notes (as so supplemented and amended, the "Senior Indenture"“Senior Indenture”). The Company capitalized $10.1 million of debt issuance costs associated with the 2018 Senior Notes and the 2023 Senior Notes. Interest on the 2018 Senior Notes and 2023 Senior Notes is payable in cash on April 15 and October 15 of each year and commenced on October 15, 2013.

 

The Company may redeem some or all of its Senior Notes at any time at redemption prices set forth in the Senior Indenture. Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event, which is defined in the Senior Indenture, each holder of the Senior Notes has the right to require the Company to repurchase some or all of such holder'sholder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

 

The Senior Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to (subject to certain exceptions) to: consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company'sCompany’s assets; and the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur or guarantee indebtedness secured by liens on any shares of voting stock of significant subsidiaries.

 

The Senior Indenture also provides for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Senior Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.payable, as applicable.

 On July 15, 2012, the Company redeemed $450.7 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior subordinated notes due 2017

Scheduled debt maturities at a premium, resulting in a pretax loss of $29.0 million which is reflected in Other (income) expense in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended February 1, 2013. The Company funded the redemption price for the senior subordinated notes due 2017 with proceeds from the issuance of the 2017 Senior Notes.

        In 2011, the Company repurchased or redeemed $864.3 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior notes due 2015 at a premium, resulting in pretax losses totaling $60.3 million which are reflected in Other (income) expense in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended February 3, 2012. The Company funded the redemption price for the senior notes due 2015 with cash on hand and borrowings under the ABL Facility.

        Scheduled debt maturities,2017, including capital lease obligations, for the Company'sCompany’s fiscal years listed below are as follows (in thousands): 2014—$75,966; 2015—$101,158; 2016—$101,379; 2017—$601,290; 2018—$1,025,892; thereafter—$915,651.2017 - $991,450; 2018 - $400,892; 2019 - $1,020; 2020 - $425,980; 2021 - $883; thereafter - $1,407,758.


61


Table of Contents


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value

 

The following table presents the Company'sCompany’s assets and liabilities required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements are classified.

(In thousands)
 Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets and
Liabilities
(Level 1)
 Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Balance at
January 31,
2014
 

Assets:

             

Trading securities(a)

 $621 $ $ $621 

Liabilities:

             

Long-term obligations(b)

  2,772,739  21,336    2,794,075 

Derivative financial instruments(c)

    4,109    4,109 

Deferred compensation(d)

  21,696      21,696 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Quoted Prices

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

in Active

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Other

 

Significant

 

Total Fair

 

 

 

Assets and

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

Value at

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

February 3,

 

(In thousands)

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term obligations (a)

 

$

2,315,204

 

$

929,845

 

$

 —

 

$

3,245,049

 

Deferred compensation (b)

 

 

19,612

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

19,612

 


(a)
Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as Prepaid expenses and other current assets.

(b)
Reflected at book value in the consolidated balance sheet as Current portion of long-term obligations of $75,966 and Long-term obligations of $2,742,788.

(c)
Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as noncurrent Other liabilities.

(d)
Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $4,092 and noncurrent Other liabilities of $17,604.

(a)

Included in the consolidated balance sheet at book value as Current portion of long‑term obligations of $500,950 and Long‑term obligations of $2,710,576.

(b)

Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as a component of Accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $905 and a component of noncurrent Other liabilities of $18,707.

 

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash, cash equivalents, short-termshort‑term investments, receivables and payables approximate their respective fair values. The Company does not have any recurring fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of January 31, 2014.

7. Derivative financial instruments

        The Company enters into certain financial instrument positions, all of which are intended to be used to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure.

Risk management objective of using derivatives

        The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined primarily by interest rates. The Company's derivative financial instruments are used to



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivative financial instruments (Continued)

manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company's known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company's borrowings.

        In addition, the Company is exposed to certain risks arising from uncertainties of future market values caused by the fluctuation in the prices of commodities. From time to time the Company may enter into derivative financial instruments to protect against future price changes related to these commodity prices.

Cash flow hedges of interest rate risk

        The Company's objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate changes. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.

        The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (also referred to as "OCI") and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. These transactions represent the only amounts reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of shareholders' equity. During the years ended January 31, 2014, February 1, 2013, and February 3, 2012, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.2017.

 As of January 31, 2014, the Company had interest rate swaps with a combined notional value of $875 million that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. Amounts reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company's variable-rate debt.

 During the year ended January 31, 2014, the Company entered into treasury locks with a combined notional amount of $700 million that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk on the Company's forecasted issuance of long-term debt. The issuance of the hedged long-term debt occurred on April 11, 2013 in the form of senior notes due April 15, 2023, as further discussed in Note 5, and the related settlement of the treasury locks on that date resulted in a loss of $13.2 million which was deferred to OCI. The loss is being amortized as an increase to interest expense over the period corresponding to the debt's maturity as the Company accrues or pays interest on the hedged long-term debt. There was no ineffectiveness recognized on these designated treasury locks.

        During the next 52-week period, the Company estimates that approximately $4.7 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense for its interest rate swaps and treasury locks.

Non-designated hedges of commodity risk

        Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and are used to manage the Company's exposure to commodity price risk but do not meet strict hedge accounting requirements. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. As of January 31, 2014, the Company had no such non-designated hedges.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivative financial instruments (Continued)

        The table below presents the fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013:

(in thousands)
 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

       

Interest rate swaps classified as noncurrent Other liabilities

 $4,109 $4,822 

        The tables below present the pre-tax effect of the Company's derivative financial instruments as reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and shareholders' equity, as applicable:

(in thousands)
 2013 2012 2011 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

          

Loss related to effective portion of derivative recognized in OCI

 $16,036 $9,626 $3,836 

Loss related to effective portion of derivative reclassified from Accumulated OCI to Interest expense

 $4,604 $13,327 $28,633 

(Gain) loss related to ineffective portion of derivative recognized in Other (income) expense

 $ $(2,392)$312 

Credit-risk-related contingent features

        The Company has agreements with all of its interest rate swap counterparties that contain a provision providing that the Company could be declared in default on its derivative obligations if repayment of the underlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to the Company's default on such indebtedness.

        As of January 31, 2014, the fair value of interest rate swaps in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk related to these agreements, was $4.2 million. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at January 31, 2014, it could have been required to post full collateral or settle its obligations under the agreements at an estimated termination value of $4.2 million. As of January 31, 2014, the Company had not breached any of these provisions or posted any collateral related to these agreements.

8. Commitments and contingencies

Leases

 

Leases

As of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, the Company was committed under operating lease agreements for most of its retail stores. Many of the Company'sCompany’s stores are subject to build-to-suitbuild‑to‑suit arrangements with landlords which typically carry a primary lease term of up to 15 years with multiple renewal options. The Company also has stores subject to shorter-termshorter‑term leases and many of these leases have renewal options. Certain of the Company'sCompany’s leased stores have provisions for contingent rentalsrent based upon a specified percentage of defined sales volume.

 

The land and buildings of the Company'sCompany’s DCs in Fulton, Missouri, Mississippi and Indianola, MississippiCalifornia are subject to operating lease agreements and the leased Ardmore, Oklahoma DC is subject to a financing arrangement. The entities involved in the ownership structure underlying these leases meet the



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

accounting definition of a Variable Interest Entity ("VIE"). The Company is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and, accordingly, has not included these entities in its consolidated financial statements. Certain leases contain restrictive covenants, that, individually, are not material to the Company. Asand as of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, the Company is not aware of any material violations of such covenants.

 In January 2014,

The Company is accounting for the Company sold 233 store locations for cash and concurrent with the sale transaction, the Company leased the properties back for a period of 15 years. The transaction resulted in cash proceeds of approximately $281.6 million and a deferred gain of $67.2 million which will be recognized as a reduction of rent expense over the 15-year initial lease term of the properties.

        In January 1999, the Company sold itsOklahoma DC located in Ardmore, Oklahoma for cash and concurrent with the sale transaction, the Company leased the property back for a period of 23 years. The transaction is accounted for as a financing obligation rather than a sale as a result of, among other things, the lessor'slessor’s ability to put the property back to the Company under certain circumstances. The property and equipment, along with the related lease obligation associated with this transaction are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. In August 2007,The Company is the Company purchasedowner of a secured promissory note (the "Ardmore Note"“Ardmore Note”) from an unrelated third party with a face value of $34.3 million at the date of purchase which approximated the remaining financing obligation. The Ardmore Note represents debt issued by the third party entity from which the Company leases the ArdmoreOklahoma DC and therefore the Company holds the debt instrument pertaining to its lease financing obligation. Because a legal right of offset exists, the Company is accounting for the Ardmore Note as a reduction of its outstanding financing obligation in its consolidated balance sheets.

 

62


Future minimum payments as of January 31, 2014February 3, 2017 for operating leases are as follows:

(In thousands)
  
 

2014

 $712,563 

2015

  665,193 

2016

  610,643 

2017

  554,413 

2018

  496,265 

Thereafter

  2,699,755 
    

Total minimum payments

 $5,738,832 
    
    

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

    

 

 

 

2017

 

$

961,786

 

2018

 

 

924,169

 

2019

 

 

870,751

 

2020

 

 

792,435

 

2021

 

 

718,300

 

Thereafter

 

 

3,856,187

 

Total minimum payments

 

$

8,123,628

 

 

Total future minimum payments for capital leases as of January 31, 2014 were $8.7$4.5 million, with a present value of $6.8$3.6 million, at January 31, 2014.as of February 3, 2017. The gross amount of property and equipment recorded under capital leases and financing obligations at both February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, was $29.8 million. Accumulated depreciation on property and equipment under capital leases and financing obligations at February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, was $8.7$14.3 million and $6.9$12.4 million, respectively.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

Rent expense under all operating leases is as follows:

(In thousands)
 2013 2012 2011 

Minimum rentals(a)

 $674,849 $599,138 $525,486 

Contingent rentals

  12,058  15,150  16,856 
        

 $686,907 $614,288 $542,342 
        
        

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Minimum rentals (a)

 

$

935,663

 

$

849,115

 

$

776,103

 

Contingent rentals

 

 

6,748

 

 

7,793

 

 

9,099

 

 

 

$

942,411

 

$

856,908

 

$

785,202

 


(a)
Excludes amortization of leasehold interests of $11.9 million, $16.9 million and $21.0 million included in rent expense for the years ended January 31, 2014, February 1, 2013, and February 3, 2012, respectively.

(a)

Excludes amortization of leasehold interests of $0.3 million, $0.9 million and $5.8 million included in rent expense for the years ended February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, respectively.

Legal proceedings

        On August 7, 2006, a lawsuit entitledCynthia Richter, et al. v. Dolgencorp, Inc., et al. was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama (Case No. 7:06-cv-01537-LSC) ("Richter") in which the plaintiff alleges that she and other current and former Dollar General store managers were improperly classified as exempt executive employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act ("FLSA") and seeks to recover overtime pay, liquidated damages, and attorneys' fees and costs. On August 15, 2006, theRichter plaintiff filed a motion in which she asked the court to certify a nationwide class of current and former store managers. The Company opposed the plaintiff's motion. On March 23, 2007, the court conditionally certified a nationwide class. On December 2, 2009, notice was mailed to over 28,000 current or former Dollar General store managers. Approximately 3,950 individuals opted into the lawsuit, approximately 1,000 of whom have been dismissed for various reasons, including failure to cooperate in discovery.

 On April 2, 2012,

From time to time, the Company movedis a party to decertify the class. The plaintiff's response to that motion was filed on May 9, 2012.

        On October 22, 2012, the court entered a Memorandum Opinion granting the Company's decertification motion. On December 19, 2012, the court entered an Order decertifying the matter and stating that a separate Order would be entered regarding the opt-in plaintiffs' rights and Cynthia Richter's individual claims. To date, the court has not entered such an Order.

        The parties agreed to mediate the matter, and the court informally stayed the action pending the results of the mediation. Mediations were conducted in January, April and August 2013. On August 10, 2013, the parties reached a preliminary agreement, which has been formalized and submittedvarious legal matters involving claims incidental to the court for approval, to resolve the matter for up to $8.5 million.conduct of its business, including actions by employees, consumers, suppliers, government agencies, or others.  The Company has deemed the settlement probable and recorded such amount as the estimated expenseaccruals with respect to these matters, where appropriate, which are reflected in the second quarter of 2013.Company’s consolidated financial statements. For some matters, a liability is not probable or the amount cannot be reasonably estimated and therefore an accrual has not been made.

        TheExcept as described below, the Company believes, based upon information currently available, that its store managers aresuch matters, both individually and have been properly classified as exempt employees underin the FLSA and that theRichter action is not appropriate for collective action treatment. The Company has obtained summary judgment in some, although not all, of its pending individual or single-plaintiff store manager exemption cases in which it has filed such a motion.

        At this time, although probable, it is not certain that the court will approve the settlement. If it does not, and the case proceeds, it is not possible to predict whetherRichter ultimatelyaggregate, will be permitted to proceed collectively, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

in its defense of the actionresolved without a material adverse effect on the meritsCompany’s consolidated financial statements as a whole. However, litigation and other legal matters involve an element of uncertainty. Future developments could cause these actions or otherwise. Similarly, at this time the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims asserted if this action were to proceed. For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss in such a scenario; however, if the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the resolution ofRichter could have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidatedCompany’s results of operations, cash flows, or financial statements as a whole.

        On April 9, 2012,position. In addition, certain of these matters, if decided adversely to the Company was served withor settled by the Company, may result in liability material to the Company’s financial position or may negatively affect operating results if changes to the Company’s business operation are required.

Employment Litigation

The Company is defending a lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia entitledJonathan Marcum v. Dolgencorp. Inc. (Civil Action No. 3:12-cv-00108-JRS) in which the plaintiffs, one of whose conditional offer of employment was rescinded, allege that certain of the Company's background check procedures violate the Fair Credit Reporting Act ("FCRA"). Plaintiff Marcum also alleges defamation. According to the complaint and subsequently filed first and second amended complaints, the plaintiffs seek to represent a putative class of applicants in connection with their FCRA claims. The Company responded to the complaint and each of the amended complaints. The plaintiffs' certification motion was due to be filed on or before April 5, 2013; however, plaintiffs asked the court to stay all deadlines in light of the parties' ongoing settlement discussions (as more fully described below). On November 12, 2013, the court entered an order lifting the stay. The court has not issued a new scheduling order but has set a pre-trial conference for March 27, 2014.

        The parties have engaged in formal settlement discussions on three occasions, once in January 2013 with a private mediator, and again in March 2013 and July 2013 with a federal magistrate. On February 18, 2014, the parties reached a preliminary agreement to resolve the matter for up to $4.08 million, which must be submitted to and approved by the court. Based on this preliminary settlement agreement, the Company believes, but cannot guarantee, that the court will not proceed with the March 27, 2014, pre-trial conference.

        The Company's Employment Practices Liability Insurance ("EPLI") carrier has been placed on notice of this matter and participated in both the formal and informal settlement discussions. The EPLI Policy covering this matter has a $2 million self-insured retention. Because the Company believes that it was likely to expend the balance of its self-insured retention in settlement of this litigation or otherwise, it accrued $1.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, an amount that is immaterial to the Company's consolidated financial statements as a whole.

        At this time, although probable, it is not certain that the court will approve the settlement. If the court does not approve the settlement and the case proceeds, it is not possible to predict whetherMarcum ultimately will be permitted to proceed as a class action under the FCRA, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in the defense on the merits or otherwise. At this stage in the proceedings, the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims asserted by the plaintiffs.

        In September 2011, the Chicago Regional Office of the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission ("EEOC" or "Commission"(the “Commission”) notified the Company of a cause finding related to the Company's criminal background check policy. The cause finding alleges that Dollar General's criminal background check policy, which excludes from employment individuals with certain criminal convictions for specified periods, has a disparate impact on African-American candidates and employees in violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended ("Title VII").



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

        The Company and the EEOC engaged in the statutorily required conciliation process, and despite the Company's good faith efforts to resolve the matter, the Commission notified the Company on July 26, 2012 of its view that conciliation had failed.

        On June 11, 2013, the EEOC filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois entitledEqual Opportunity Commission v. Dolgencorp, LLC d/b/a Dollar General (Case No. 1:13-cv-04307) in which the Commission alleges that the Company'sCompany’s criminal background check policy has a disparate impact on "Black Applicants"“Black Applicants” in violation of Title VII and seeks to recover monetary damages and injunctive relief on behalf of a class of "Black“Black Applicants." The Company filed its Answer to the Complaint on August 9, 2013.

        On January 29, 2014, the court entered an order, which, among other things, bifurcates the issues of liability and damages during discovery and at trial. Under this order, fact discovery relating to liability is to be completed by September 15, 2014. A status conference is scheduled for June 17, 2014.

The Company believes that its criminal background check process is both lawful and necessary to a safe environment for its employees and customers and the protection of its assetsassets.  The Company is vigorously defending this matter, which has been tendered to, and shareholders' investments. accepted by, the Company’s Employment Practices Liability Insurance carrier.  The Company has met its self-insured retention, and does not expect a material loss at this time.

63


The Company also does not believe that this matter is amenable to class or similar treatment. However, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether the action will ultimately be permitted to proceed as a class ordefending litigation in a similar fashion or the size of any putative class. Likewise, at this time, it is not possible to estimate the value of the claims asserted, and, therefore, the Company cannot estimate the potential exposure or range of potential loss. If the matter were to proceed successfully as a class or similar action or the Company is unsuccessful in its defense efforts as to the merits of the action, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements as a whole.

        On May 23, 2013, a lawsuit entitledJuan Varela v. Dolgen California and Does 1 through 50 (Case No. RIC 1306158) ("Varela"(the “California Wage/Hour Litigation”) was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Riverside in which the plaintiff allegesplaintiffs allege that hethey and a putative statewide class of other "key carriers"“key carriers” were not provided with meal and rest periods and were provided inaccurate wage statements and termination pay in violation of California law, and seeksincluding California’s Private Attorney General Act (the “PAGA”). The plaintiffs in the California Wage/Hour Litigation seek to recover alleged unpaid wages, injunctive relief, consequential damages, pre-judgment interest, statutory penalties and attorneys'attorneys’ fees and costs. TheVarela plaintiff seeks to represent a putative class of California "key carriers" as to these claims. TheVarela plaintiff also asserts a claim for unfair business practices and seeks to proceed under California's Private Attorney General Act ("PAGA").

 

The Company removedis vigorously defending the action to the United States District Court for the Central District of California (Case No. 5:13-cv-01172VAP-SP) on July 1, 2013,Wage/Hour Litigation and filed its Answer to the Complaint on July 1, 2013. On July 30, 2013, the plaintiff moved to remand the action to state court. The Company's response to that motion was filed on August 19, 2013.

        On September 13, 2013, the court granted plaintiff's motion and remanded the case. The Company filed a Petition for Permission to Appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit on September 23, 2013. The Petition for Permission to Appeal is pending.

        A status conference has been scheduled by the Superior Court for July 23, 2014. The parties have agreed to informally stay discovery pending a decision by the Ninth Circuit on the Petition for Permission to Appeal.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

        Similarly, on June 6, 2013, a lawsuit entitledVictoria Lee Dinger Main v. Dolgen California, LLC and Does 1 through 100 (Case No. 34-2013-00146129) ("Main") was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Sacramento. TheMain plaintiff alleges that she and other "key carriers" were not provided with meal and rest periods, accurate wage statements and appropriate pay upon termination in violation of California wage and hour laws and seeks to recover alleged unpaid wages, declaratory relief, restitution, statutory penalties and attorneys' fees and costs. TheMain plaintiff seeks to represent a putative class of California "key carriers" as to these claims. TheMain plaintiff also asserts a claim for unfair business practices and seeks to proceed under the PAGA.

        The Company removed this action to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of California (Case No. 2:13-cv-01637-MCE-KJN) on August 7, 2013, and filed its Answer to the Complaint on August 6, 2013. On August 29, 2013, the plaintiff moved to remand the action to state court. The Company's response to that motion was filed on September 19, 2013. On October 28, 2013, the court granted plaintiff's motion and remanded the case. The Company filed a Petition for Permission to Appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit on November 7, 2013. The plaintiff filed its opposition brief on November 15, 2013. The Petition remains pending.

        On February 6, 2014, the Superior Court referred the matter to the Trial Setting Process and ordered the parties to confer and agree upon a date for trial and a mandatory settlement conference. The parties are to advise the Court of the date agreed upon for a trial and settlement conference no later than January 30, 2015. If the parties are unable to agree upon a date by such time, the Court will assign the next available dates.

        The Company believes that its policies and practices comply with California law and that theVarela andMainthese actions are not appropriate for class or similar treatment.  The Company intends to vigorously defend these actions; however, atAt this time, however, it is not possible to predict whether any of theVarela orMain action actions comprising the California Wage/Hour Litigation ultimately will be permitted to proceed as a class, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in its defense of either action on the merits or otherwise. Similarly, at this time the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims asserted in theVarela andMain actions. For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss in either matter; however, if the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the resolution of either action could have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements as a whole.

        On May 31, 2013, a lawsuit entitledJudith Wass v. Dolgen Corp, LLC (Case No. 13PO-CC00039) ("Wass") was filed in the Circuit Court of Polk County, Missouri. TheWass plaintiff seeks to proceed collectively on behalf of a nationwide class of similarly situated non-exempt store employees who allegedly were not properly paid for certain breaks in violation of the FLSA. TheWass plaintiff seeks back wages (including overtime), injunctive and declaratory relief, liquidated damages, pre- and post-judgment interest, and attorneys' fees and costs.

        On July 11, 2013, the Company removed this action to the United States District Court for the Western District of Missouri (Case No. 6:113-cv-03267-JFM). The Company filed its Answer on July 18, 2013. The plaintiff's motion for conditional certification is due to be filed on or before March 28, 2014. The Company's response is due to be filed on or before April 25, 2014.

        Similarly, on July 2, 2013, a lawsuit entitledRachel Buttry and Jennifer Peters v. Dollar General Corp. (Case no. 3:13-cv-00652) ("Buttry") was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

District of Tennessee. TheButtry plaintiffs seek to proceed on a nationwide collective basis under the FLSA and as a statewide class under Tennessee law on behalf of non-exempt store employees who allegedly were not properly paid for certain breaks. TheButtry plaintiffs seek back wages (including overtime), injunctive and declaratory relief, liquidated damages, compensatory and economic damages, "consequential" and "incidental" damages, pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, and attorneys' fees and costs.

        The Company filed its Answer on August 7, 2013. The plaintiffs filed their motion for conditional certification of their FLSA on December 5, 2013. The Company filed its response to that motion on February 3, 2014. The court set a hearing on the plaintiffs' motion for conditional certification of their FLSA claims on April 2, 2014.

        The plaintiffs' motion for certification of their statewide claims is due to be filed on or before September 22, 2014. The court has set this matter for trial on February 17, 2015.

        The Company believes that its wage and hour policies and practices comply with both the FLSA and state law, including Tennessee law, and that theWass and Buttry actions are not appropriate for collective or class treatment. The Company intends to vigorously defend these actions; however, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether theWass or Buttry action ultimately will be permitted to proceed collectively or as a class, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in its defense of these actions on the merits or otherwise. Similarly, at this time the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims asserted in theWassthese actions and Buttry actions. For these reasons, the Companyconsequently is unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss in these matters;matters.  If the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the resolution of these actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole.

The Company also is defending a lawsuit in which the plaintiff alleges that she and other similarly situated California Dollar General Market store managers were improperly classified as exempt employees and were not provided with meal and rest breaks and accurate and appropriate wage statements in violation of California law, including the PAGA.  The plaintiff in this matter seeks to recover unpaid wages, including overtime pay, civil and statutory penalties, interest, injunctive relief, restitution, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  The parties reached an agreement to settle this matter for an amount not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, and the settlement has received final approval by the Court. 

Consumer/Product Litigation

 In December 2015 and February, March, May and June 2016, the Company was notified of several lawsuits in which the plaintiffs allege violation of state consumer protection laws relating to the labeling, marketing and sale of Dollar General private-label motor oil.  Each of the 22 lawsuits was filed in, or removed to, various federal district courts of the United States (collectively “the Motor Oil Lawsuits”). 

On June 2, 2016, the United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation granted the Company’s motion to centralize the Motor Oil Lawsuits in a matter styled In re Dollar General Corp. Motor Oil Litigation, Case MDL No. 2709, before the United States District Court for the Western District of Missouri (“Motor Oil MDL”).  Subsequently, the plaintiffs in the Motor Oil MDL filed a consolidated amended complaint, in which they seek to certify two nationwide classes and 16 statewide sub-classes and for each putative class member some or all of the following relief: compensatory damages, injunctive relief, statutory damages, punitive damages and attorneys’ fees.  The Company’s motion to dismiss the allegations raised in the consolidated amended complaint remains pending.

The Company believes that the labeling, marketing and sale of its private-label motor oil comply with applicable federal and state requirements and are not misleading.  The Company further believes that this matter is not appropriate for class or similar treatment.  The Company intends to vigorously defend this action; however, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether the Motor Oil MDL will be permitted to proceed as a class or the size of any putative class or classes.  Likewise, at this time, it is not possible to estimate the value of the claims asserted, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in its defense of this action on the merits or otherwise.  For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate the potential loss or range of loss in this matter; however if the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the resolution of one or more of these actionsthe Motor Oil MDL could have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements as a whole.

        On September 16, 2013, a lawsuit entitledLisa Kocmich v. DolgenCorp, LLC (Case No. 2013CA005841AX) ("Kocmich") was filed in the Circuit Court of Manatee County, Florida. TheKocmich plaintiff seeks to proceed on a nationwide collective basis under the FLSA on behalf of all similarly situated non-exempt store employees who allegedly were not paid for all hours worked (including overtime) as required by the FLSA. TheKocmich plaintiff seeks back wages, liquidated damages and attorneys' fees and costs.

        The Company removed this matter to the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida (Case No. 8:13-cv-02705-RAL-MAP) on October 21, 2013. The Company filed its Answer on November 4, 2013.

        The parties have reached an agreement to resolve theKocmich matter for an amount that is immaterial to the Company's consolidated financial statements as a whole.

        On May 20, 2011, a lawsuit entitledWinn-Dixie Stores, Inc., et al. v. Dolgencorp, LLC was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida (Case No. 9:11-cv-80601-DMM) ("Winn-Dixie") in which the plaintiffs allege that the sale of food and other items in approximately 55 of the Company's stores, each of which allegedly is or was at some time co-located in a shopping center with one of plaintiffs' stores, violates restrictive covenants that plaintiffs contend are binding on the occupants of the shopping centers. Plaintiffs sought damages and an injunction limiting the sale of food and other items in those stores. Although plaintiffs did not make a demand for any specific amount of damages, documents prepared and produced by plaintiffs during discovery suggested that plaintiffs



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

would seek as much as $47 million although the court limited their ability to prove such damages. The case was consolidated with similar cases against Big Lots and Dollar Tree. The court issued an order on August 10, 2012 in which it (i) dismissed all claims for damages, (ii) dismissed claims for injunctive relief for all but four stores, and (iii) directed the Company to report to the court on its compliance with restrictive covenants at the four stores for which it did not dismiss the claims for injunctive relief. The Company believes that compliance with the August 2012 ruling will have no material adverse impact on the Company or its consolidated financial statements.

        On August 28, 2012, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal with the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit (Docket No. 12-14527-B). Oral argument was conducted on January 16, 2014, and the appellate court rendered its decision on March 5, 2014, affirming in part and reversing in part the trial court's decision. Specifically, the appellate court affirmed the trial court's dismissal of plaintiffs' claim for monetary damages but reversed the trial court's decision denying injunctive relief as to thirteen additional stores and remanded for further proceedings. At this time, the Company is unable to predict whether the trial court will enter an injunction as to any of the additional stores at issue; however, the Company does not believe that such an injunction, even if entered as to each remaining additional store at issue, would have a material adverse effect on the Company or itsCompany’s consolidated financial statements as a whole.

Shareholder Litigation

The Company also is unabledefending litigation filed in January and February 2017 in which the plaintiffs, on behalf of themselves and a putative class of shareholders, allege that between March 10, 2016 and December 1, 2016, the

64


Company violated federal securities laws by misrepresenting the impact to sales of changes to certain federal programs that provide supplemental nutritional assistance to individuals. (Iron Workers Local Union No. 405 Annuity Fund v. Dollar General Corporation, et al., M.D. Tenn. Case No. 3:17-cv-00063; Julia Askins v. Dollar General Corporation, et al., M.D. Tenn., Case No. 3:17-cv-00276; Bruce Velan v. Dollar General Corporation, et al., M.D. Tenn., Case No. 3:17-cv-00275)(collectively “the Shareholder Litigation”).  Applications for lead plaintiff designation in the Shareholder Litigation must be filed on or before March 20, 2017, after which time the court is expected to designate a lead plaintiff and counsel for the putative class.  Until such designation, neither the plaintiffs nor the Company is expected to make additional substantive filings in this matter.

The Company believes that the statements at issue in the Shareholder Litigation complied with federal securities laws and intends to vigorously defend this matter.  At this time, it is not possible to predict whether this matter will be permitted to proceed as a class or the plaintiffs will seek further appellate reviewsize of any putative class.  Likewise, at this time, it is not possible to estimate the value of the trial court's dismissal of plaintiff's claim for damages. If plaintiffs were to obtain further appellate review,claims asserted, and no assurances can be given that the Company is unsuccessfulwill be successful in its defense of such appeal,this action on the outcomemerits or otherwise.  For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate the potential loss or range of loss in this matter; however if the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the resolution of this matter could have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s consolidated financial statements as a whole.

 From time

Environmental Matter

In February 2014, certain California District Attorneys’ Offices (“California DAs”), representing California’s county environmental authorities, informed the Company that they were investigating the Company’s hazardous waste handling and disposal practices in certain of its California stores and its California distribution center.  On September 22, 2016, the California DAs provided a settlement demand to time, the Company that included a proposed civil penalty and certain injunctive relief.  The Company continues to work with the California DAs towards a resolution of this matter and does not believe that any possible loss or the range of any possible loss that may be incurred in connection with this matter will be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, SEC regulations require disclosures of certain environmental matters when a governmental authority is a party to various other legal actions involving claims incidental to the conduct of its business, including actions by employees, consumers, suppliers, government agencies, or others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation, including without limitation under federal and state employment laws and wage and hour laws. The Company believes, based upon information currently available, that such other litigation and claims, both individually and in the aggregate, will be resolved without a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements as a whole. However, litigation involves an element of uncertainty. Future developments could cause these actions or claims to have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely toproceeding unless the Company reasonably believes the proceeding will result in no monetary sanctions or settled byin monetary sanctions, exclusive of interest and costs, of less than $100,000.  As noted above, it now appears that this matter is likely to result in monetary sanctions, which the Company may result in liability materialexpects to the Company's financial position or may negatively affect operating results if changes to the Company's business operation are required.exceed $100,000.  

9.

8. Benefit plans

 

The Dollar General Corporation 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan, which became effective on January 1, 1998, is a safe harbor defined contribution plan and is subject to the Employee Retirement and Income Security Act ("ERISA"(“ERISA”).

 

A participant'sparticipant’s right to claim a distribution of his or her account balance is dependent on the plan, ERISA guidelines and Internal Revenue Service regulations. All active participants are fully vested in all contributions to the 401(k) plan. During 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, the Company expensed approximately $13.0$16.0 million, $11.9$15.0 million and $10.9$13.7 million, respectively, for matching contributions.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Benefit plans (Continued)

The Company also has a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan ("SERP"(“SERP”) and compensation deferral plan ("CDP"(“CDP”), known as the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan, for a select group of management and other key employees. The Company incurred compensation expense for these plans of approximately $1.2$0.7 million, $1.4$1.1 million and $1.7$0.8 million in 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.

 

The CDP/SERP Plan assets are invested in accounts selected by the Company'sCompany’s Compensation Committee or its delegate. These investments are classified as trading securitiesdelegate, and the associated deferred compensation liability is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as further discusseddisclosed in Note 6.

10. Share-based

65


9. Share‑based payments

 

The Company accounts for share-basedshare‑based payments in accordance with applicable accounting standards, under which the fair value of each award is separately estimated and amortized into compensation expense over the service period. The fair value of the Company'sCompany’s stock option grants are estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-MertonBlack‑Scholes‑Merton valuation model. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense. The fair value of the Company’s other share-based awards discussed below are estimated using the Company’s closing stock price on the grant date. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period.

 

On July 6, 2007, the Company'sCompany’s Board of Directors adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, for Key Employees, which plan was subsequently amended and restated on several occasions (as so amended and restated, the "Plan"“Plan”). The Plan allows the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, and other stock-basedstock‑based awards or dividend equivalent rights to key employees, directors, consultants or other persons having a service relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries and certain of its affiliates. The number of shares of Company common stock authorized for grant under the Plan is 31,142,858. As of January 31, 2014, 19,871,333February 3, 2017, 17,691,607 of such shares are available for future grants.

 Through

Since May 2011, a significant majoritymost of the Company's share-based awards were stock options that vest solely upon the continued employment of the recipient ("MSA Time Options") and options that vest upon the achievement of predetermined annual or cumulative financial-based targets ("MSA Performance Options"). MSA Time and MSA Performance Options generally vest ratably on an annual basis over a period of approximately five years, with limited exceptions.

        Both the MSA Time Options and the MSA Performance Options are subject to various provisions set forth in a management stockholder's agreement ("MSA") entered into with each option holder. The MSA contains certain put and call rights and other provisions pertaining to both the option holder andissued by the Company which may, in certain scenarios, affect the holder's ability to sell or realize market value for these instruments and any shares acquired thereunder.

        Assuming specified financial targets are met, the MSA Performance Options vest as of the Company's fiscal year end, and as a result the initial and final tranche of each MSA Performance Option grant may be prorated based upon the date of grant. In the event the performance target is not achieved in any given annual performance period, the MSA Performance Options for that period may still subsequently vest, provided that a cumulative performance target is achieved. The MSA Time Options and MSA Performance Options have a contractual term of 10 years and an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Share-based payments (Continued)

        The Company has also issued share-based awards that are not subject to an MSA. These awards have generally been in the form of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance share units. StockWith limited exceptions, stock options and restricted stock units granted to employees and board members generally vest ratably on an annual basis over a four-year and three-year period,periods, respectively.  Restricted stock unitsAwards granted to board members generally vest ratably over a three-yearone-year period. Performance share units generally vest ratably over a three-year period, provided that certain minimum performance criteria are met in the year of grant. With limited exceptions, the performance share unit and restricted stock unit awards are automatically converted intopayable in shares of common stock on the vesting date.

 

From July 2007 through May 2011, a significant majority of the Company’s share-based awards were a combination of stock options that vested solely upon the continued employment of the recipient (“MSA Time Options”) and options that vested upon the achievement of predetermined annual or cumulative financial-based targets (“MSA Performance Options”) (collectively, the “MSA Options”). MSA Options generally vested ratably on an annual basis over a period of approximately five years, with limited exceptions. The MSA Options have a contractual term of 10 years and an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

The weighted average for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of all stock options granted in the years ended January 31, 2014, February 1, 2013, and February 3, 2012,2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, and a summary of the methodology applied to develop each assumption, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

February 3,

    

January 29,

    

January 30,

 


 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Expected dividend yield

 0% 0% 0%

 

1.3

%  

1.2

%  

0

%

Expected stock price volatility

 26.2% 26.8% 38.7%

 

25.4

%  

25.3

%  

25.6

%

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

 1.2% 1.5% 2.3%

 

1.6

%  

1.8

%  

1.9

%

Expected term of options (years)

 6.3 6.3 6.8 

 

6.3

 

6.4

 

6.3

 

 

Expected dividend yield—yield - This is an estimate of the expected dividend yield on the Company'sCompany’s stock. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.

 

Expected stock price volatility—volatility - This is a measure of the amount by which the price of the Company'sCompany’s common stock has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. For awards issued under the Plan through October 2011, the expected volatilities were based upon the historical volatilities of a peer group of companies deemed to be comparable. Beginning in November 2011, the expected volatilities for awards are based on the historical volatility of the Company's publicly traded common stock. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

Weighted average risk-freerisk‑free interest rate—rate - This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk-freerisk‑free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

66


Expected term of options—options - This is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding. The Company has estimated the expected term as the mid-pointmid‑point between the vesting date and the contractual term of the option. An increase in the expected term will increase compensation expense.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Share-based payments (Continued)

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity, exclusive of MSA Time Options, activity during the year ended January 31, 2014February 3, 2017 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Options
Issued
 Average
Exercise Price
 Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 1, 2013

  1,350,642 $13.69       

Granted

           

Exercised

  (871,037) 11.11       

Canceled

  (15,042) 25.17       
          

Balance, January 31, 2014

  464,563 $18.15  5.6 $17,730 
          
          

Exercisable at January 31, 2014

  292,807 $15.43  5.3 $11,973 
          
          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Average

    

Remaining

    

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)

 

Issued

 

Price

 

Term in Years

 

Value

 

Balance, January 29, 2016

 

2,429,965

 

$

61.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

996,984

 

 

84.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(524,129)

 

 

51.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(204,162)

 

 

75.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 3, 2017

 

2,698,658

 

$

70.64

 

7.9

 

$

18,842

 

Exercisable at February 3, 2017

 

675,234

 

$

54.40

 

6.4

 

$

12,849

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of MSA Time Options granted during 2011 was $13.47. The intrinsic value of MSA Time Options exercised during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $39.4 million, $117.3 million and $41.4 million, respectively.

        A summary of MSA Performance Options activity during the year ended January 31, 2014 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Options
Issued
 Average
Exercise Price
 Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 1, 2013

  1,264,826 $13.96       

Granted

           

Exercised

  (868,441) 11.28       

Canceled

  (20,076) 22.69       
          

Balance, January 31, 2014

  376,309 $19.68  5.8 $13,790 
          
          

Exercisable at January 31, 2014

  336,716 $18.56  5.7 $12,714 
          
          

        The weighted average grant date fair value of MSA Performance Options granted during 2011 was $13.47. The intrinsic value of MSA Performance Options exercised during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $39.1 million, $106.4 million and $41.8 million, respectively.

        A summary of the Company's other stock option activity during the year ended January 31, 2014 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Options
Issued
 Average
Exercise Price
 Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 1, 2013

  1,211,771 $42.77       

Granted

  875,269  48.80       

Exercised

  (53,813) 41.51       

Canceled

  (192,685) 46.69       
          

Balance, January 31, 2014

  1,840,542 $45.26  8.5 $20,356 
          
          

Exercisable at January 31, 2014

  369,424 $38.51  7.4 $6,580 
          
          


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Share-based payments (Continued)

        The weighted average grant date fair value of othernon-MSA options granted was $13.86, $13.54$20.06,  $18.48, and $13.14$17.26 during 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively. The intrinsic value of othernon-MSA options exercised during 2013, 2012,2016, 2015, and 20112014 was $0.8$17.3 million, $0.3$20.8 million and $1.6$2.5 million, respectively.

 

The number of performance share unit awards earned is based upon the Company'sCompany’s annual financial performance in the year of grant as specified in the award agreement. A summary of performance share unit award activity during the year ended January 31, 2014February 3, 2017 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Units
Issued
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 1, 2013

  162,688    

Granted

  72,846    

Converted to common stock

  (54,973)   

Canceled

  (21,142)   
      

Balance, January 31, 2014

  159,419 $8,978 
      
      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Units

    

Intrinsic

 

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)

 

Issued

 

Value

 

Balance, January 29, 2016

 

144,097

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

121,246

 

 

 

 

Converted to common stock

 

(69,393)

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(21,567)

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 3, 2017

 

174,383

 

$

12,754

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of performance share units granted was $48.11$84.67,  $74.72 and $45.25$57.91 during 20132016, 2015, and 2012,2014, respectively. No performance share units were granted during 2011.

 

A summary of restricted stock unit award activity during the year ended January 31, 2014February 3, 2017 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Units
Issued
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 1, 2013

  288,927    

Granted

  509,440    

Converted to common stock

  (98,063)   

Canceled

  (83,777)   
      

Balance, January 31, 2014

  616,527 $34,723 
      
      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Units

    

Intrinsic

 

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)

 

Issued

 

Value

 

Balance, January 29, 2016

 

640,910

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

282,828

 

 

 

 

Converted to common stock

 

(340,916)

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(80,861)

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 3, 2017

 

501,961

 

$

36,713

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of restricted stock units granted was $48.20, $45.33$84.56,  $74.67, and $33.16$57.87 during 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.

 In March 2012, the Company issued a performance-based award

At February 3, 2017, 90,467 MSA Time Options were outstanding, all of 326,037 shareswhich were exercisable, with an average exercise price of restricted stock to its Chairman$19.06, an average remaining contractual term of 2.7 years, and Chief Executive Officer. This restricted stock award had a fairan aggregate intrinsic value on the grant date of $45.25 per share$4.9 million. The intrinsic value of MSA Time Options exercised during 2016, 2015, and may vest in the future if certain specified earnings per share targets for fiscal years 2014 was $5.3 million, $6.6 million and 2015 are achieved.$6.8 million, respectively.

 The Company currently believes that the performance targets related to the unvested

67


At February 3, 2017, 66,290 MSA Performance Options were outstanding, all of which were exercisable, with an average exercise price of $19.15, an average remaining contractual term of 2.7 years, and restricted stock will be achieved. If such goals are not met,an aggregate intrinsic value of $3.6 million. The intrinsic value of MSA Performance Options exercised during 2016, 2015 and no event occurs which would result in the acceleration of vesting of these awards as specified in the underlying agreements, future compensation cost relating to these unvested awards will not be recognized.2014 was $5.5 million, $4.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively.

 

At January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-basedunvested stock‑based awards was $53.5$53.7 million with an expected weighted average expense recognition period of 1.51.6 years.

 In October 2007, the Company's Board of Directors adopted an Equity Appreciation Rights Plan, which plan was later amended and restated (as amended and restated, the "Rights Plan"). The Rights



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Share-based payments (Continued)

Plan provides for the granting of equity appreciation rights to nonexecutive managerial employees. During 2011, 818,847 equity appreciation rights were granted, 768,561 of such rights vested, primarily in conjunction with the Company's December 2011 stock offering and 50,286 of such rights were cancelled. No such rights are outstanding as of January 31, 2014.

The fair value method of accounting for share-basedshare‑based awards resulted in share-basedshare‑based compensation expense (a component of SG&A expenses) and a corresponding reduction in net income before and net of income taxes as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Performance

 

Restricted

 

Restricted

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)
 Stock
Options
 Performance
Share Units
 Restricted
Stock Units
 Equity
Appreciation
Rights
 Total 

    

Options

    

Share Units

    

Stock Units

    

Stock

    

Total

 

Year ended January 31, 2014

           

Year ended February 3, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax

 $7,634 $3,448 $9,879 $ $20,961 

 

$

12,008

 

$

7,258

 

$

17,701

 

$

 —

 

$

36,967

 

Net of tax

 $4,649 $2,100 $6,016 $ $12,765 

 

$

7,325

 

$

4,427

 

$

10,798

 

$

 —

 

$

22,550

 

Year ended February 1, 2013

           

Year ended January 29, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax

 $14,078 $4,082 $3,504 $ $21,664 

 

$

11,113

 

$

4,856

 

$

22,578

 

$

 —

 

$

38,547

 

Net of tax

 $8,578 $2,487 $2,135 $ $13,200 

 

$

6,779

 

$

2,962

 

$

13,772

 

$

 —

 

$

23,513

 

Year ended February 3, 2012

           

Year ended January 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax

 $15,121 $ $129 $8,731 $23,981 

 

$

8,533

 

$

5,461

 

$

15,968

 

$

7,376

 

$

37,338

 

Net of tax

 $9,208 $ $79 $5,317 $14,604 

 

$

5,206

 

$

3,332

 

$

9,742

 

$

4,500

 

$

22,780

 

11. Related party transactions

 From time to time the Company has conducted business with entities deemed to be related parties under U.S. GAAP, including Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. or "KKR" and Goldman, Sachs & Co. For purposes of this disclosure, reference to these entities includes their respective affiliates. In recent years, KKR and Goldman Sachs & Co. owned a significant percentage of the Company's common stock, and collectively held three seats on the Company's Board of Directors. As of January 31, 2014, KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. have liquidated their investment in the Company's common stock and no one directly employed by either KKR or Goldman, Sachs & Co. remained on the Company's Board of Directors.

10. Segment reporting

 KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. served in various capacities related to the amendments and refinancing of the Company's debt discussed in further detail in Note 5. In connection with these efforts in 2013 and 2012, the Company paid KKR fees of $0.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, and paid Goldman, Sachs & Co. fees of $2.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

        KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. served as underwriters in connection with multiple secondary offerings of the Company's common stock held by certain existing shareholders that were executed at various dates in 2013, 2012 and 2011. The Company did not sell shares of common stock, receive proceeds from such shareholders' sales of shares of common stock or pay any underwriting fees in connection with any of the secondary offerings. Certain members of the Company's management exercised registration rights in connection with such offerings.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Segment reporting

The Company manages its business on the basis of one reportable operating segment. See Note 1 for a brief description of the Company'sCompany’s business. As of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, all of the Company'sCompany’s operations were located within the United States with the exception of acertain subsidiaries in Hong Kong subsidiary,and China and a liaison office in India, the collective assets and revenues of which collectively are not material.material with regard to assets, results of operations or otherwise, to the consolidated financial statements. The following net sales data is presented in accordance with accounting standards related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)
 2013 2012 2011 

(in thousands)

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Classes of similar products:

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumables

 $13,161,825 $11,844,846 $10,833,735 

 

$

16,798,881

 

$

15,457,611

 

$

14,321,080

 

Seasonal

 2,259,516 2,172,399 2,051,098 

 

 

2,674,319

 

 

2,522,701

 

 

2,344,993

 

Home products

 1,115,648 1,061,573 1,005,219 

 

 

1,373,397

 

 

1,289,423

 

 

1,205,373

 

Apparel

 967,178 943,310 917,136 

 

 

1,140,001

 

 

1,098,827

 

 

1,038,142

 

       

Net sales

 $17,504,167 $16,022,128 $14,807,188 

 

$

21,986,598

 

$

20,368,562

 

$

18,909,588

 

       
       

13.

11. Common stock transactions

 

On August 29, 2012, the Company'sCompany’s Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program, which wasthe Board has since increased on March 19, 2013 and againseveral occasions. Most recently, on December 4, 2013.August 24, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $1.0 billion increase to the existing common stock repurchase program. As of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, a cumulative total of $2.0$5.0 billion had been authorized under the program since its inception and $1.02 billionapproximately $933.3 million remained available for repurchase. The repurchase authorization has no expiration date and allows repurchases from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing and number of shares purchased depends on a variety of factors, such as price, market conditions, compliance with the covenants and restrictions under ourthe Company’s debt agreements and other factors. Repurchases under the program may be funded from available cash or borrowings including under the Company'sCompany’s amended and restated credit facilities and issuance of CP Notes discussed in further detail in Note 5.

 

68


Table of Contents

During the years ended January 31, 2014, February 1, 2013, and February 3, 2012,2017, January 29, 2016, and January 30, 2015, the Company repurchased approximately 11.012.4 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $620.1 million,$1.0 billion, approximately 14.4 million shares at a total cost of $671.4 million, and approximately 4.917.6 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $185.0$1.3 billion and approximately 14.1 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $0.8 billion, respectively, pursuant to its common stock repurchase programs.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)The Company paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.25 per share during each of the four quarters of 2016. On March 15, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.26 per share, which is payable on April 25, 2017 to shareholders of record as of April 11, 2017. The amount and declaration of future cash dividends is subject to the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, the Company’s results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant in its sole discretion.

14.

12. Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

 

The following is selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013.29, 2016. Each quarterly period listed below was a 13-week accounting period, with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2016, which was a 14‑week accounting period. The sum of the four quarters for any given year may not equal annual totals due to rounding.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

(In thousands)
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

2013:

         

2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 $4,233,733 $4,394,651 $4,381,838 $4,493,945 

 

$

5,265,432

 

$

5,391,891

 

$

5,320,029

 

$

6,009,246

 

Gross profit

 1,295,148 1,377,290 1,328,493 1,434,811 

 

 

1,612,614

 

 

1,681,767

 

 

1,587,510

 

 

1,900,747

 

Operating profit

 395,000 412,822 390,241 538,122 

 

 

480,743

 

 

509,097

 

 

392,991

 

 

680,618

 

Net income

 220,083 245,475 237,385 322,173 

 

 

295,124

 

 

306,518

 

 

235,315

 

 

414,176

 

Basic earnings per share

 0.67 0.76 0.74 1.01 

 

 

1.03

 

 

1.08

 

 

0.84

 

 

1.50

 

Diluted earnings per share

 0.67 0.75 0.74 1.01 

 

 

1.03

 

 

1.08

 

 

0.84

 

 

1.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

(In thousands)
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

2012:

         

2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 $3,901,205 $3,948,655 $3,964,647 $4,207,621 

 

$

4,918,672

 

$

5,095,904

 

$

5,067,048

 

$

5,286,938

 

Gross profit

 1,228,256 1,263,223 1,226,123 1,367,799 

 

 

1,498,705

 

 

1,588,155

 

 

1,536,962

 

 

1,682,269

 

Operating profit

 384,324 387,214 361,389 522,349 

 

 

428,194

 

 

475,812

 

 

423,859

 

 

612,429

 

Net income

 213,415 214,140 207,685 317,422 

 

 

253,235

 

 

282,349

 

 

253,321

 

 

376,175

 

Basic earnings per share

 0.64 0.64 0.62 0.97 

 

 

0.84

 

 

0.95

 

 

0.87

 

 

1.30

 

Diluted earnings per share

 0.63 0.64 0.62 0.97 

 

 

0.84

 

 

0.95

 

 

0.86

 

 

1.30

 

 As discussed in Note 5, in the first quarter of 2013,

In 2016, the Company terminatedacquired 42 former Walmart Express locations and closed 40 of its senior secured credit facilities, resulting inown locations as part of relocating stores to the purchased locations. As a pretax loss of $18.9 million ($11.5 million net of tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) which was recognized as Other (income) expense.

        As discussed in Note 8, in the second quarter of 2013,result, the Company recordedincurred expenses, associated with an agreementprimarily related to settle a legal matter, resulting in a pretax losslease termination costs, of $8.5$11.0 million ($5.26.7 million net of tax, or $0.02 per diluted share), which was recognized in Selling, general, and administrative expense in the third quarter of 2016.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company sold or assigned the leases for 12 of its own locations which were closed as part of the relocation process to the Walmart Express locations. As a result, the Company incurred a reduction of expenses of $4.5 million ($2.8 million net of tax, or $0.01 per diluted share), which was recognized in Selling, general, and administrative expense.

 As discussed in Note 5, in

In the secondthird quarter of 2012,2015, the Company redeemedimplemented a restructuring of its outstanding senior subordinated notes due 2017, resulting incorporate support functions. As a pretax lossresult, the Company incurred expenses, primarily related to severance-related benefits, of $29.0$6.1 million ($17.73.7 million net of tax, or $0.05$0.01 per diluted share), which was recognized as Other (income)in Selling, general, and administrative expense.


69


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)  Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e)13a‑15(e) or 15d-15(e)15d‑15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"“Exchange Act”). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

(b)  Management'sManagement’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our management prepared and is responsible for the consolidated financial statements and all related financial information contained in this report. This responsibility includes establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f)13a‑15(f) or 15d-15(f)15d‑15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

To comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-OxleySarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, management designed and implemented a structured and comprehensive assessment process to evaluate the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Such assessment was based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (1992(2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Management regularly monitors our internal control over financial reporting, and actions are taken to correct any deficiencies as they are identified. Based on its assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of January 31, 2014.February 3, 2017.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements, has issued an attestation report on management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. Such attestation report is contained below.


70


Table of Contents

(c)  Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Dollar General Corporation

 

We have audited Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries'subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992(2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries'subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management'sManagement’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company'scompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries as of February 3, 2017 and January 31, 2014 and February 1, 2013,29, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders'shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2014,February 3, 2017, of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries and our report dated March 20, 201424, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Nashville, Tennessee
March 20, 2014


Nashville, Tennessee

March 24, 2017


71


Table of Contents

(d)  Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  There have been no changes during the quarter ended January 31, 2014February 3, 2017 in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)13a‑15(f) or Rule 15d-15(f)) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

On December 13, 2016, Mr. James W. Thorpe, Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer, advised the Company of his intention to resign, which will be effective April 15, 2017.

On March 18, 2014, each of22, 2017, the Company’s Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) awarded 161,512 non‑qualified stock options (“Options”) and 40,290 performance share units (“PSUs”) to Mr. Vasos, 37,686 Options and 9,401 PSUs to Messrs. Dreiling, Vasos, Tehle, FlaniganGarratt, Owen and Ravener entered into an amendmentThorpe, and 39,032 Options and 9,737 PSUs to his existing employment agreement (each, an "AmendmentMs. Taylor on the terms and subject to Employment Agreement") with the Company to (1) eliminate the right to receive a gross-up payment on any excise tax imposed under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and (2) provide for capped payments (taking into consideration all payments covered by Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code) of $1 less than the amount that would trigger the excise tax under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code unless the relevant officer's after-tax benefit would be at least $50,000 more than it would be without the payments being capped, in which case, the payments will not be capped (with the officer, not the Company paying the excise tax). Each officer, other than Mr. Dreiling, will only have the right to such uncapped payments if such officer signs a release of claims against the Companyconditions set forth in the form of Option award agreement and form of PSU award agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 10.7 and Exhibit 10.13, respectively (collectively, the “Form Award Agreements”), and subject to his employment agreement.the terms and conditions of the previously filed Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. 

 Except as

The Options, which were granted on terms substantially similar to the prior year, have a term of ten years and, subject to earlier forfeiture or accelerated vesting under certain circumstances described herein, allin the form of Option award agreement, generally will vest in four equal annual installments beginning on April 1, 2018.

The PSUs represent a target number of units that can be earned if certain performance measures are achieved during the applicable performance periods and if certain additional vesting requirements are met. Fifty percent of the target number of PSUs are subject to an adjusted EBITDA performance measure with a performance period of the Company’s fiscal year 2017.  The other termsfifty percent of such officers' existingthe target number of PSUs are divided into three equal parts, each subject to a different adjusted ROIC performance measure with a different performance period: (i) adjusted ROIC for the Company’s fiscal year 2017, (ii) the average of adjusted ROIC for the Company’s fiscal years 2017 and 2018, and (iii) the average of adjusted ROIC for the Company’s fiscal years 2017, 2018 and 2019.  All performance measures were established by the Committee on the grant date. The number of PSUs earned will vary between 0% and 300% of the target amount based on actual performance compared to target performance on a graduated scale, with performance at the target level resulting in 100% of the target number of PSUs being earned. At the conclusion of each applicable performance period, the Committee will determine the level of achievement of each performance goal measure and the corresponding number of PSUs earned by each grantee. Subject to certain pro-rata vesting conditions, one-third of the PSUs earned by each grantee for adjusted EBITDA performance will vest in equal installments on April 1, 2018, April 1, 2019 and April 1, 2020, in each case subject to the grantee’s continued employment agreements with the Company and other previously disclosed compensatory arrangements remaincertain accelerated vesting provisions described in full forcethe form of PSU award agreement.  Subject to certain pro-rata vesting conditions, the PSUs earned by each grantee for adjusted ROIC performance during the first performance period will vest on April 1, 2018, the PSUs earned by each grantee for adjusted ROIC performance during the second performance period will vest on April 1, 2019 and effect.the PSUs earned by each grantee for adjusted ROIC performance during the third performance period will vest on April 1, 2020, in each case subject to the grantee’s continued employment with the Company and certain accelerated vesting provisions described in the form of PSU award agreement. 

 

The foregoing descriptiondescriptions of each Amendmentall Options and PSU awards and the forms of award agreements are summaries only, do not purport to Employment Agreement is not abe complete, summary of the terms of each such document, and are qualified in their entirety by reference is made to the complete textfiled forms of each such documentaward agreement attached hereto as Exhibits 10.26, 10.32, 10.34, 10.3910.7 and 10.45 and incorporated by reference herein.10.13.


72


Table of Contents

PART III


PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

(a)  Information Regarding Directors and Executive Officers.  The information required by this Item 10 regarding our directors and director nominees is contained under the captions "Who“Who are the nominees this year," "What” “What are the backgrounds of this year'syear’s nominees," "Are” “Are there any familial relationships between any of the nominees," "How” “How are directors identified and nominated,"” “How are nominees evaluated; what are the minimum qualifications,” and "What“What particular experience, qualifications, attributes or skills led the Board of Directors to conclude that each nominee should serve as a director of Dollar General," all under the heading "Proposal“Proposal 1: Election of Directors"Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 201431, 2017 (the "2014“2017 Proxy Statement"Statement”), which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference. Information required by this Item 10 regarding our executive officers is contained in Part I of this Form 10-K10‑K under the caption "Executive“Executive Officers of the Registrant," which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)  Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.  Information required by this Item 10 regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is contained under the caption "Section“Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance"Compliance” in the 20142017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

(c)  Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.  We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and Board members. This Code is posted on the Investor Information section of our Internet website at www.dollargeneral.com. If we choose to no longer post such Code, we will provide a free copy to any person upon written request to Dollar General Corporation, c/o Investor Relations Department, 100 Mission Ridge, Goodlettsville, TN 37072. We intend to provide any required disclosure of an amendment to or waiver from thesuch Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our Internet website located at www.dollargeneral.com promptly following the amendment or waiver. We may elect to disclose any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8-K8‑K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure. The information contained on or connected to our Internet website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K10‑K and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish to the SEC.

(d)  Procedures for Shareholders to Nominate Directors.Recommend Director Nominees.  There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the registrant'sregistrant’s Board of Directors.

(e)  Audit Committee Information.  Information required by this Item 10 regarding our audit committee and our audit committee financial experts is contained under the captions "Corporate“Corporate Governance—Does the Board of Directors have standing Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees"Committees” and "—“—Does Dollar General have an audit committee financial expert serving on its Audit Committee"Committee” in the 20142017 Proxy Statement, which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item 11 regarding director and executive officer compensation, the Compensation Committee Report, the risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for employees, and compensation committee interlocks and insider participation is contained under the captions "Director Compensation"“Director Compensation” and "Executive Compensation"“Executive Compensation” in the 20142017 Proxy Statement, which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference.


73


Table of Contents

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

(a)  Equity Compensation Plan Information.    The following table sets forth information aboutrequired by this Item 12 regarding securities authorized for issuance under our compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) as of January 31, 2014:

Plan category
 Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
 Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
 Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)

  3,521,872 $36.97  19,871,333 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

       
        

Total(1)

  3,521,872 $36.97  19,871,333 
        
        

(1)
Column (a) consists of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and upon vesting and payment of share unitsFebruary 3, 2017 is contained under the caption “Proposal 2: Vote Regarding the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Share units are settled for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis and have no exercise price. Accordingly, those units have been excluded for purposes of computing the weighted-average exercise price in column (b). Column (c) consists of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock IncentivePlan—Equity Compensation Plan whetherTable” in the form of stock, restricted stock, share units, or other share-based awards or upon the exercise of an option or right.
2017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)  Other Information.  The information required by this Item 12 regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and our management is contained under the caption "Security Ownership"“Security Ownership” in the 20142017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this Item 13 regarding certain relationships and related transactions is contained under the caption "Transactions“Transactions with Management and Others"Others” in the 20142017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

 

The information required by this Item 13 regarding director independence is contained under the caption "Director Independence"“Director Independence” in the 20142017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this Item 14 regarding fees we paid to our principal accountant and the pre-approvalpre‑approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is contained under the caption "Fees“Fees Paid to Auditors"Auditors” in the 20142017 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.


74


Table of Contents


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


(a)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

42 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

43 

Consolidated Statements of Income

44 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

45 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

46 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

47 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

48 

(b)

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and, therefore, have been omitted.

(c)

Exhibits:  See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages hereto, which Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
SIGNATURES

 

None

75


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION


Date: March 20, 201424, 2017


By:


By:


/s/ RICHARD W. DREILING


Richard W. Dreiling,
Chairman and Todd J. Vasos

Todd J. Vasos,

Chief Executive Officer

 

We, the undersigned directors and officers of the registrant, hereby severally constitute RichardTodd J. Vasos, John W. DreilingGarratt II and David M. Tehle,Anita C. Elliott, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K10‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
Title
Date







Name

Title

Date

/s/ RICHARD W. DREILING


RICHARD W. DREILINGTodd J. Vasos

Chairman &

Chief Executive Officer (Principal& Director

March 24, 2017

TODD J. VASOS

(Principal Executive Officer)

March 20, 2014


/s/ DAVID M. TEHLE


DAVID M. TEHLEJohn W. Garratt



Executive Vice President & Chief Financial

March 24, 2017

JOHN W. GARRATT

  Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)




March 20, 2014


/s/ Anita C. Elliott

Senior Vice President & Chief Accounting 

March 24, 2017

ANITA C. ELLIOTT

  Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Warren F. Bryant

Director

March 24, 2017

WARREN F. BRYANT


WARREN F. BRYANT



Director




March 20, 2014


/s/ Michael M. Calbert

Director

March 24, 2017

MICHAEL M. CALBERT


MICHAEL M. CALBERT



Director




March 20, 2014


/s/ Sandra B. Cochran

Director

March 24, 2017

SANDRA B. COCHRAN


SANDRA B. COCHRAN



Director




March 20, 2014


/s/ Patricia D. Fili-Krushel

Director

March 24, 2017

PATRICIA FILI-KRUSHEL


PATRICIA FILI-KRUSHELD. FILI‑KRUSHEL



Director




/s/ Paula A. Price

Director

March 20, 201424, 2017

PAULA A. PRICE


/s/ William C. Rhodes, III

Director

March 24, 2017

WILLIAM C. RHODES, III

/s/ David B. Rickard

Director

March 24, 2017

DAVID B. RICKARD


76


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1 

Name
Title
Date







/s/ WILLIAM C. RHODES, III

WILLIAM C. RHODES, III
DirectorMarch 20, 2014

/s/ DAVID B. RICKARD

DAVID B. RICKARD


Director



March 20, 2014



EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1Amended and Restated Charter of Dollar General Corporation (complete copy as amended for SEC filing purposes only) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q10‑Q for the quarter ended May 3, 2013, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2013 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))



3.2


3.2 

Amended and Restated

Bylaws of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report(as amended and restated on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2009, filed with the SEC on November 18, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))March 23, 2017)



4.1


4.1 

Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1S‑1 (file no. 333-161464)333‑161464))



4.2


4.2 

Form of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.5)4.7)



4.3


4.3 

Form of 1.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.8)

4.4 

Form of 3.250% Senior Notes due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.9)

4.5 

Form of 4.150% Senior Notes due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.10)

4.6 

Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2012, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K8‑K dated July 12, 2012, filed with the SEC on July 17, 2012 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))



4.4


4.7 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2012, among Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K8‑K dated July 12, 2012, filed with the SEC on July 17, 2012 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))



4.5


4.8 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 11, 2013, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K8‑K dated April 8, 2013 and filed with the SEC on April 11, 2013 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))



4.6


4.9 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 11, 2013, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K8‑K dated April 8, 2013 and filed with the SEC on April 11, 2013 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))



4.7


4.10 

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 20, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated October 15, 2015, filed with the SEC on October 20, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))

4.11 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2013,February 22, 2017, among Dollar General Corporation, as borrower, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other credit parties and lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34.1 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K8‑K dated April 8, 2013 andFebruary 22, 2017, filed with the SEC on April 11, 2013February 22, 2017 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))



10.1



Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its affiliates (effective June 1, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Dollar General Corporation's Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 5, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.1 

10.2



Form of Stock Option Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and certain officers of Dollar General Corporation granting stock options pursuant to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*

10.3Form of Stock Option Agreement, adopted on May 24, 2011, for Stock Option Grants to Certain Newly Hired and Promoted Employees under the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its Affiliates (effective June 1, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Dollar General Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 5, 2012 (file no. 001‑11421))*

77


10.2 

Dollar General Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (adopted November 30, 2016) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 28, 2016, filed with the SEC on December 1, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))*

10.3 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved May 24, 2011) for awards made prior to December 2014 to certain newly hired and promoted employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2011, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2011 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.4


10.4 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement in connection with grants made(approved March 20, 2012) for annual awards beginning March 20, 2012 and prior to March 2015 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (approved March 20, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K8‑K dated March 20, 2012, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2012 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.5


10.5 

Form of Performance Share UnitStock Option Award Agreement in connection with grants made(approved August 26, 2014) for annual awards beginning March 2015 and prior to March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (approved March 20, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's CurrentCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 8-K dated March 20, 2012,10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2012December 4, 2014 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.6


10.6 

Form of Restricted Stock UnitOption Award Agreement in connection with grants made(approved March 16, 2016) for awards beginning March 2016 and prior to March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))*

10.7 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved March 20, 2012)22, 2017) for awards beginning March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan*

10.8 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved August 26, 2014) for awards beginning December 2014 and prior to May 2016 to certain newly hired and promoted employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation's CurrentCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 8-K dated March 20, 2012,10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.9 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved May 24, 2016) for awards beginning May 2016 and prior to March 2017 to certain newly hired and promoted employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on May 26, 20122016 (file no. 001-11421))*



10.7


10.10 

Restricted

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement dated(approved March 20, 2012, between22, 2017) for awards beginning March 2017 to certain newly hired and promoted employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Richard DreilingRestated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan*

10.11 

Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (approved August 26, 2014) for annual awards beginning March 2015 and prior to March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation's CurrentCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 8-K dated10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421))*

78


10.12 

Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (approved March 20, 2012,16, 2016) for awards beginning March 2016 and prior to March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 26, 201222, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))*



10.8


10.13 

Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (approved March 22, 2017) for awards beginning March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan*

10.14 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved March 17, 2015) for awards beginning March 2015 and prior to March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 1, 2015, filed with the SEC on June 2, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.15 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved March 16, 2016) for awards beginning March 2016 and prior to March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))*

10.16 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved March 22, 2017) for awards beginning March 2017 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Dollar General Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan*

10.17 

Waiver of Certain Limitations Set Forth in Option Agreements Pertaining to Options Previously Granted under the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, effective August 26, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.210.3 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on August 31, 2010 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.9



Waiver of Transfer Restrictions dated February 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 1, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 5, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.18 

10.10



Form of Management Stockholder's Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and certain officers of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*



10.11


Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and key employees of Dollar General Corporation (July 2007 grant group) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2009, filed with the SEC on December 12, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*

10.12Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and key employees of Dollar General Corporation (post-July 2007 grant group) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2009, filed with the SEC on December 12, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.13


Second Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreements, effective June 3, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on June 8, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.14


Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement in connection with restricted stock unit grants made to outside directorsfor awards prior to May 24, 2011 to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1S‑1 (file no. 333-161464)333‑161464))



10.15


10.19 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement adopted on(approved May 24, 2011) for awards beginning May 2011 for Grantsand prior to Non-Employee Directors underMay 2014 to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its Affiliates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2011, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2011 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))



10.16


10.20 

Form of DirectorRestricted Stock OptionUnit Award Agreement in connection with option grants made(approved May 28, 2014) for awards beginning May 2014 and prior to outsideFebruary 2015 to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Company'sAmended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 2, 2014, filed with the SEC on June 3, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421))

10.21 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved December 3, 2014) for awards beginning February 2015 and prior to May 2016 to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421))

79


10.22 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved May 24, 2016) for awards beginning May 2016 to non-employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on May 26, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))

10.23 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved January 26, 2016) for awards beginning February 1, 2016 to non‑executive Chairmen of the Board of Directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))

10.24 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for awards to non‑employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1S‑1 (file no. 333-161464)333‑161464))



10.17


10.25 

Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4S‑4 (file no. 333-148320)333‑148320))*



10.18


10.26 

First Amendment to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4S‑4 (file no. 333-148320)333‑148320))*



10.19


10.27 

Second Amendment to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007), dated as of June 3, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q10‑Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2008, filed with the SEC on September 3, 2008 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.20


10.28 

Dollar General Corporation Non‑Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (approved December 3, 2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001‑11421))

10.29 

Amended and Restated Dollar General Corporation Annual Incentive Plan (effective June 1, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 5, 2012 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.21


10.30 

Amended and Restated Dollar General Corporation 2013Annual Incentive Plan (adopted November 30, 2016) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 28, 2016, filed with the SEC on December 1, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))*

10.31 

Dollar General Corporation 2016 Teamshare Bonus Program for Named Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 3, 2013,April 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2013May 26, 2016 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.22


10.32 

Summary of Dollar General Corporation Life Insurance Program as Applicable to Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K10‑K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007) (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*


80


Table of Contents

10.33 

10.23

Dollar General Corporation DomesticExecutive Relocation Policy, for Officersas amended (effective September 22, 2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2110.2 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.34 

Summary of Non‑Employee Director Compensation effective January 30, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421))

10.35 

Employment Agreement, effective June 3, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated May 27, 2015, filed with the SEC on May 28, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.36 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos for June 3, 2015 award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated May 27, 2015, filed with the SEC on May 28, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.37 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos (approved March 16, 2016) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016 (file no. 001-11421)) *

10.38 

Employment Agreement, effective December 2, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and John W. Garratt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated December 2, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.39 

Employment Agreement, effective June 15, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Jeffery C. Owen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.40 

Employment Agreement, effective August 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on August 27, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.41 

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.24



Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation effective February 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 1, 2013, filed with the SEC on December 5, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))


10.42 

10.25



Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective April 23, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2010, filed with the SEC on April 27, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.26


Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective March 18, 2014, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling*


10.27


Limited Waiver of Certain Tax and Tax Gross-Up Rights effective January 1, 2013 by Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2013, filed with the SEC on March 25, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.28


Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 21,December 19, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard DreilingRobert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2910.41 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*



10.29


Stock Option Agreement dated April 23, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2010, filed with the SEC on April 27, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.30


Management Stockholder's Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2008, among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.31


Employment Agreement effective April 1, 2012, by and between Dollar General Corporation and David M. Tehle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 16, 2012, filed with the SEC on April 19, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.32


Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective March 18, 2014, by and between Dollar General Corporation and David M. Tehle*


10.33


Employment Agreement, effective December 1, 2011, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on December 5, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.34


Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective March 18, 2014, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos*

10.35Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 4, 2013 and effective as of November 4, 2013, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2013, filed with the SEC on December 6, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.36


Management Stockholder's Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P., and Todd Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2010, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.37


Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2013, by and between Dollar General Corporation and David D'Arezzo*


10.38


Employment Agreement, effective March 24, 2013, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 3, 2013, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.39


Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective March 18, 2014, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John W. Flanigan*


10.40


Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K10‑K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.41


10.43 

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, by andMarch 24, 2010, between Dollar General Corporation and John FlaniganRobert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3510.42 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K10‑K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.42


81


Table of Contents

10.44 

Stock Option

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, by andeffective August 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and John FlaniganRhonda M. Taylor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3610.4 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on August 27, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.45 

Stock Option Agreement, dated March 24, 2010, between Dollar General Corporation and Rhonda M. Taylor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011,29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 20112016 (file no. 001-11421))*



10.43


10.46 

Management Stockholder's

Employment Agreement, dated as ofeffective August 28, 2008, by and7, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation Buck Holdings, L.P., and John FlaniganJames W. Thorpe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3810.6 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.47 

Employment Agreement, effective December 2, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Anita C. Elliott (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8‑K dated December 2, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001‑11421))*

10.48 

Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Michael J. Kindy*

10.49 

Omnibus Limited Waiver by Dollar General Corporation to the Employment Agreement and Employment Transition Agreement with certain employees of Dollar General Corporation, effective January 28, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011,29, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 22, 20112016 (file no. 001-11421))*



10.44


10.50 

Employment Transition Agreement, effective March 24, 2013, by and10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Robert RavenerRichard W. Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.399 to Dollar General Corporation's QuarterlyCorporation’s Current Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 3, 2013, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))*



10.45


Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective8‑K dated March 18, 2014, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener*


10.46


Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011,10, 2015, filed with the SEC on March 22, 201113, 2015 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*

10.47

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.51 

10.48



Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.49


Management Stockholder's Agreement entered into as of August 28, 2008 among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P., and Robert Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.50


Employment Agreement, effective April 1, 2012, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Susan S. LaniganDavid M. Tehle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.299.1 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K8‑K dated April 16, 2012, filed with the SEC on April 19, 2012 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



10.51


10.52 

Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2013, between Dollar General Corporation and David W. D’Arezzo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))*

10.53 

Employment Agreement, effective August 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and John W. Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on August 27, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*

10.54 

Employment Agreement, effective March 19, 2012, by and between Dollar General Corporation and GregGregory A. Sparks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation'sCorporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 4, 2012, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2012 (file no. 001-11421)001‑11421))*



12


12 

Calculation of Fixed Charge Ratio



21


21 

List of Subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation



23


82


23 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm



24


24 

Powers of Attorney (included as part of the signature pages hereto)



31


31 

Certifications of CEO and CFO under Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)13a‑14(a)



32


32 

Certifications of CEO and CFO under 18 U.S.C. 1350



101.INS


101.INS


XBRL Instance Document



101.SCH


101.SCH


XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document



101.CAL


101.CAL


XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document



101.LAB


101.LAB


XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document



101.PRE


101.PRE


XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document



101.DEF


101.DEF


XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document


*

Management Contract or Compensatory Plan


83



QuickLinks

INTRODUCTION
PART I
PART II
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except per share amounts)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In thousands, except per share amounts)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (In thousands)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (In thousands except per share amounts)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
PART III
PART IV
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX